PL METHOD GASPEY-OTTO-SAUER. KEY TO THE \23 '^^•^-%TOMAN-TURKISH CONVERSATION-GRAMMAR BY V. H. HAGOPIAN, M. A. PROFESSOR OF THE TURKJ;^II, ARAlUr AND PERSIAN LANGUAGES IN ANATOLIA COLLEGE, MERZIFOUN, TURKEY; AUTHOR OF ENGLISH -ARMENIAN DICTIONARY etc. ^?W"°^?v5--J^ 'IfecS/^cijBjV LONDON. DAVID NUTT. 57—50 Lnng Acre. DULAU & CO., 37 Soho Square. SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON & CO., lOU Southwttrk Street. NEW YORK: BRENTANn'.'.;, Fifth Avenue and 27'» Street. DYRSEN A PFEIFFER (Christern's), 16 West 835L Street. G. E. STECHERT A CO.. l-J'J-i:« West 20"^ Street. E. STEIGER & CO., 25 Rarll Place, BOSTON: C. A. KCEHLER & CO., 149a, Tremont Street. HEIOELIJEH*;. JULIUS GROOS. 190.S. CORNELL UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Gift of the CHARLES M. TAYLOR ESTATE Cornell University Library PL 123.H14 suppl. 527 12B Key to the Ottoman-Turkish conversation- 3 1924 026 883 003 DATE DUE w ~5l PRINTEDINU-5./ Cornell University Library The original of tliis book is in tine Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/cletails/cu31924026883003 METHOD GASPEY-OTTO-SAUER. KEY TO THE OTTOMAN-TURKISH CONVERSATION-GRAMMAR BY V. H. HAGOPIAN, M. A. PROFESSOR OF THE TURKISH, ARABIC AND PERSIAN LANGUAGES IN ANATOLIA COLLEGE, MERZIFOUN, TURKEY; AUTHOR OP ENGLISH -ARMENIAN DICTIONARY etc. LONDON. DAVID NUTT, 67—59 Long Acre. DUL*U & CO., 37 Soho Sqiiare SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON & CO., 100 Southwark Street. NEW TORE: BRENTANO'S, Fifth Avenue and 27^, Street. DYRSEN & PFEIFFER (Christern's), 16 West 38iL Street. G. E. STECHERT & CO., 129—133 West 20?L Street. E. STEIGER & CO., 25 Park Place. BOSTON: C. A. KCEHLER & CO., 149a, Tremont Street. HEIDELBERG. JTTLIUS GROGS. 1908. KB (___jAJc^ AjI^VI ?«^1j ^y=^ ^■*"'^^ ,^-^J ej'-*-^J| ^^J^ ^J^\ C-^i ^ ^J:a-J^ S^jSj ' (jJJjuAIjI Jsti't* 3j^ "OuJ-lj iljLJ I The Gaspoy-Otto-Sttiier Method has become my sole property by right of purchase. These books are continually revised. All rights, especially those of adaptation and translation into any language, are reserved. Imitations and copies are forbidden by law. Suitable communications always thankfully received. Heidelberg. Julius Qroon, Preface. Ihis Key contains the translation of all the Exer- cises, Translations, Eeading Exercises and the Turkish Appendix in the Ottoman-Turkish Grammar. The student will notice that the English of the translations from Turkish have an Oriental colouring; that will help him to understand how the Turkish mind works. The Orthography of purely Turkish words has been simplified a great deal, in accordance with the method adopted by the eminent Turkish authors. Though the same word may often be seen in their works spelt differently, yet they are all accepted as being correct (See § 56 in the Grammar). The student must practice to write the Turkish characters beginning from the first page of the Grammar. A reed pen is preferable, but if it cannot be procured any stub pen will do the work. He must practice to copy all the Turkish Exercises. V. H. Hagopian. Anatolia College, Merzifoun (Turkey). 1* ■ SHI'S A •sauiHj^ •uBtnataay '"' oa CO ^ O <x> C' Oi o o ^ ^ a P-. c -1) g C3 "o c OS J M '^ ^ N -Oi -S 60 cf ^ o{ ^ d T-H (M CO •saraBj^ S ;i3 'S :§ a rt ^ o ^ •JlsaiO ^ CQ t^ <1 w ^ SJ a ® 1 ! tsi •Ql^-BI -< pq O ft c^ Ph Ct w I-H t^ ■ani-BA ITOuaranN '"' oa CO Til lO CO I^- 00 05 O I— I o •sacn-Bjy[ •<V OS ■a > o3 •aiqujv - )• U •-1 U j:) ^ -n ■S9a3'BJ\f t3 Q. 3 O •OBU/Cg ^'^ snraBara IBaiSuQ •saniBfj a S .5 « ^ "5 03 ■UBJUBtnug •.Viaaqajj •UBpmajqj ^ on 5^ fr^ ^ ■^ ^ a^ \> e ?C X n -•-5 r n - - n a - J— n ^ <r- r- T- ^ r~ pJ ^^ ^ JT~ ueqoinj^ 1— 'CMCOT^)OCDt>OOaiOi— I o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o (M ■<ti »« CO 00 o o o o o -J" 13 a a <D C5 3 o o NB o md M ^ m >■ ^ -♦J c t; CQ T3 C^ b J= ^ = r CO »f - s « o o o o o o o o o o 'a* lO <x> c- 00 o CO o o o CO ^33 a 60 < S ^ m o K X I^H w H 1-^ "^ f^i X o PM c? P^ OQ ^ o CO o o o CO o o 00 o o o o o Oi o o o o g a s a 3 o c .s CO 0 « ei m ;-4 ■-£ -o -«- o b oU •^ ^ = "0 "1 ■b 0 a .9 3 y1 3 r, q ^ SI O q CQ o I I I T:3 rC O 73 •" "S ■^1 /<f ^ J—L ^ > n ? p^ C^ t < J^ iJ *-» a » a ji fi. r & c. - i r -r^ r o c ^ P- o- 3- ^ •U >H ■0 > e 73 eJ -:; O <3 ,^J) ^^J) oil Introduction. Numeration by Letters : JSbjed Hisabi. p. 5. iUl Units Ahad: ^AY \ o tr-T^ Zj\ ,~c Decimals Aslierat: <(.. A- Y- -V- 0- 1- r- T- N- OU Hundreds Miyat: -U ^^ i ^ J^' Cj jjt J J <(,.. X-- Y-- A-- 0-- i-- r-' T-- \-- J) Thousand £?/■; ^ The Turkish and Persian letters ^ ' r ' 5 ' d5^' iJ are equivalent to ^j ' t: ' 3 ' ii • Examples. i„k SJdj heldetun tayyibetun 'it is a beautiful town' which is read in Turkish or Persian as 4_„L aJd> "the beautiful town', quoted from the Qoran. a. ^ = T ' J=r- ' :> = i ' ; = t- . ! i, = ^ ' ^ = \ . ' ^ = T ' s = 1 • • = 857 A. H. b. ^= A • • ' J = T • • ' I = ^ ' ^ = T = 803 A. H. ' Bismillah-ir rahman-ir rahim'. page 370. The Orthographic Signs. 7 Exercise a. \ J^ Taleem. p. 6. • o C J i) c5^ ^'c5i»^'3jJeA'2r^7:^ *. ( ^Ji J3--15JJ j;j J-^ >_S ^ij- L/" Exercise b. v J^" Taleem. p. 11. ' > -- > , > eti si 8^ sou si sa hd hi h6 hou hi ha 1 ip L b :j b il dJ iJ '3 3 O tou ti ta tli ti t6 kti ki k6 qou ql qa zou zi za zd zi z6 m(i mi m^ dd di d6 zhd ri r6 zou kha chi jd si s6 shd shi sh6 bd bi b6 '^ -' t '^ t you v6 ghl f6 'ou ILey: Ha ustun 7ia, Ha esre hi, Ha ebtre 7«02f, Ao (hard letter); He ustun he, he esre hi, he ebtre hu (soft letter) etc. • A ^^ Exercii 3e c. r J3 03 ileem. r^ p. 12. zh6f v6j v6r zi] z6n lis z^m d^k zhif vij vir J3 zil zin ris zim dik > > J3 > 03 > > iJ'. zh^f, zhdf vebj, vdj vebr, vdr zebl, zdl z^n, zdn r^s, rds zebm, zdm d^k, dfik Key: Dal kef ustun dele, dal k^f esre dili, dal k6f ebtre cZm/c, deoh. Exercise d. j ^" Taleem. p. 13. U^i 5»cJ sij A) «) j) jj' i) ^ -u p- Ju^ LlJL-ilJ 5eli ^ Ja") J 8 Introduction Jix. MidhlxM. A Key: Ye initial; noun initial, ti final; te initial, Tchi medial; noun initial, te, JcM medial; noun initial, ye, te, lam, M, se, ye, noun, pe medial, elif final. Exercise e. * ^ Taleem. p. 13. (a >1j) '. till, teol J.1 (J Cj) - iJeV j (j k_j) '■ hesh Jii ( Jl v_j) J* U J^ • Wm, A^eSm ^ (* ii) ! ses ^„_ {,^ ^) '. shesh Jiaj «>■ ^?: r ^ • f^s ^ (^ ^) ! (^l Exercise f. j A^ Taleem. p. 14. fii 1^ ■ y^ .^ <l*.j U.^'^(_^ 4!j b-ft^ ^ 4^ 1.4 • y^ (^ *^ L 1. • jl J. ^i V • _j£- j^ 4c li ■ j9 (j, A* ij i J3 (^i Key: Be elif ustun &a, be he ustun he, be ye esre hi, be vav ebtre &««, hou. Mim elif ustun ww, mim he ustun me, mim y^ dsr§ jm«, mim vav ebtr^ mou, mu, mo, meo (neuter letter). Na, ne, ni; nou, no. Sa, se, si; so, seo. Da, de, di; do, dou. Fa, fe, fi; fo, fou. Gha, glie, ghi; gho, gliou. La, le, li; lo, lou. • cjt ' (ST ' r^T " ^^ Key: Qaf lam ustun gaZ, which is equivalent to Qaf 6hf lam ustun qoJ,; Qaf lam esr^ qil, or with a vowel letter qaf ye lam esr^ qil etc. • J^ J^. ■ •-Jj^ j_j9- ■ Jy Oyo Short sentences. III. Key: Sad vav lam ebtre so?, qaf vav lam ^tre qol: sol qol (left arm). Chim vav r6 gbtre cheor, chim vav p^ ebtre c/ie%j, cfteor c/^eSp (sticks and straws); hoi mal (abundance of property); yol var (there is a way); ^ Pronunciation of Letters. 9' qop git (run and go) ; mourn sat (sell wax) ; dar yol (narrow way); choq tons (much salt). ■ Jbjs ' Jb_j> ' JtL '(_1,1) ' Lll ' \JL\i ' (^l) ' ti\.>- ^ IV., " - - V • V Key: 1. Chim elif ustuu c7ia, qaf ye esre qi: chaqi; baqi, pasha, yasha, yali, yataq, boudaq, qouraq; 2. qonaq,, khali, sari, choban, bataq, soulaq, soghan, yazi; 3. dolab,, chorab, oghlan. Key: 1. Te vav ebtre ^z5, te vav noun ebtre tthir tutmi; elif vav ^tr6 o, qaf vav ebtre qou: ogou; qo-qou; o-tour; o-mouz; o-touz; ou-jouz; qourou; 2. duduk; chil- ruk; boughou; cho-laq; su-luk; kutuk. Note to § 31, page 16. d. Tlie close short sound of ustun like that of e in met ie spelt or expressed in Turkish by iS ye. The difference of this sound from that of the open long sound like a, e in bad, day, liead is obvious; (as: mat = met, bad = bed); for example: They were pronounced in the olden times as irmek, vinnek^ yimek etc.; but now they are pronounced as: erm&c, vermilt, ye, yem€k, evm4^k, meshi, jeb, sel, getm6k^ etniek, dSviik, der, edAr, gej, (jeje, ertesi, eshitmek, roumeli, el. The heavy black letters show the close short sound, and the common letters show the open long sound. Exercise g. J (^ Taleem, p. IS. 10 Introduction J^-U Medkhel. I ♦ Key: 1. Qaf elif vav ustun qav (tinder); Kef elif yav ustun Mav (cow) ; Elif qaf ustun aq, mim qaf ustiin maq: aqmaq {io Q-Ow); Elif yaf ustun eir/, mim kef ustun (i)ifk: eymck; Elif nef ustun ah, mim qaf ustun maq: anmaq (to remember); qol (arm), gSl (lake). 2. qar {snow), kiar (profit); efc (sow), eh (very); eUk (sieve); qa2)ou (door), qapounouh (of the door); hende (bond- servant), hendehis (your servant); yazdiq (we wrote). 3. yazdthtz (you wrote); luU (ashes); qoid (servant); limtih (clerk); eoyiid (advice); eoki'iz (os); deyirmen (mill), ie/i");;/.^ (boiled grape-juice). 4. (Z^?/we/v (stick); yege, yeye (a file, rasp); yigit, yiyit (brave, noble); guneali (sun); ■dohou2 (see p. 9; pig); doqous (see p. 9; nine); geoyerte (a deck). 5. geoyerjin (pigeon); sohra (afterwards). Note. The third and fourth K^fs i. e. nef and yaf are equi- valent both for soft and hard vowela. Exercise h. t- J^ Taleeni. p. 20. - (_5Ai3 -CL-jj i-Jl)i <-^L:^ i.^5r»9- C..>-'j ^13- ^S T Key: I. 1. Sin elif ustun sa, ayn te ustun at: sa-at; sin ayn are vowelled, dlif is substituted for vowel ustun, te is quiescent. Lam elif ustun la, ye qaf esre ytq: layiq; lam ye are vowelled, qaf quiescent: ye and vav are consonants, because they begin the syllable. Chojouq*, sahib. 2. qamish, chalish, rahat, chichek, chilek, dilek, vishne, geldi. 3. gitdi*, takhta, bashqa, kitab. * Spelled in two ways § 56. • uLJi ' ji^i ' zAi\ ' Jiii/ jijii ' (.>Li ' ^\jlC\ II. '* ^yiJa^ .^fc^;a=t^« ^--.jij ir-i-**-i »— ^) ^«i » flj ■■'^i ij'''^ 1 1 Pronunciation of Letters. 11 Key: 1. Elif khi ustun ahh, shin elif mim ustun sham, ''kh-sh"'m; 'sl^m, ^qr^r, 'qb^l, 'sbH, 'sr'^f, %s=^n; 2. tebdil, tesbrif, tarif, teslim, taqsim, makhsous, mazloum; 3. mesh'hour, mektoub, mahbous. ' J,J,l ' Jl U ,i 'ci J ' J ■ ^^, J.ti"' ^^ \ III. JLey: 1. Kef esre /«', te elif be ustun tah: Mtab; Kef este /ci, te elif ustun ta, be ye 6sre hi: ]:i-ta-h'i, Mtdba; Qapou, qapouyou, qapouya; Yali, yaliyi, yaliya; 2. Para, parayi, paraya; Yara, yarayi, yaraya; Baba, babayi, babaya; Ana, anayi, anaya; Qanad, qanadi, qanada. .^I_,U' ' J:\^ ' oA.^L::i"' d^L-i"' ^sil^ n IV. - L;ilia.4 i-^i* li"-'^ ' J'''-?^ i^X^yM eJ-!^-.4 e-U- li:,o T -Kej/; 1. Shin re ustun s/jcr, be te ustun 1x4, jim ye esre^V; sherhetji ; kitabinifi, kitabjida, kebabji, helvaji. 2. Mejlisde, mektebde, sermaye, khaberdar, devletli, hevesli, moutlaqa. 3. Bagh'-chede, Yeilijede. Exercise i. i5 ^' Taleeni. p. 22. I I r I I I I I I r Ji.ey: The hard ustun sign is sometimes put per- pendicularly _L. 1. Jim re ustun _jer, re elif ha ustun rail : jer-rah; ham'mal, qaz'zaz, sar'raf, jel'lad, med'dah, baq'qal, saq'qa. 2. Shem'mas, del'lak, him'met, jen'net, han'na, mou-har'-rik, mu-ker'rem. MSdda. p. 22. Key: 2. atesh, alet, abad, adem, aldim, aqje. 12 Introduction Ji-J^ Miclkhil. t f Tenveen. Nunation or Indefinite Article, p. 22. L>^ ' Ullaj i '• ^ '■ ^ '^ ■ i '• i "f ■ i. Z =^ Zj '• Zj ^ • Ub l^y liJa! Ss~ U»- i_sli!^ !Key: 1. Te ^stun ie.- te iki ustun ten (S and < are different aspects of ZJ)- 2. Dal esre di: dal iki ^sre din. 3. Fe ebtre fu: fe iki ebtre fun. 4. Noun esre )i/, zi elif ustiin ^a, mini elif iki ustun men, niea'men. Qaf re ustun qar, dad elif iki ustun 2en, qar'sen. Mtiza- foun, haq'qan, had'din, lout'fen, yev'men, sani'yen. Note. Some misprints of the text are corrected. Euphony or Harmony of the Towels, p. 24. § 51. There are three simple rules of euphony in the language for words of purelj^ Turkish origin: a) If the first syllable of the word contain a hard vowel, all the vowels in that word should be hard ; as : ^Jl al-ti, o^ll ha-ha-dan, ^Sy^^^ a-la-ja-gM-nil-s%, jTjl ar-tiq, <3lI.o yi-qa-dim; not al-ti, hahaden, ar- tiq etc. b) If the first vowel be soft, then the others should be soft also: jU) el-ler, •jJ^Z.^-ajiZ^} geos-te-re-je-yi-miz, j^j^_^ se-vin-dim, ^j^^x hi-rin-ji, 5=uCl i-ldn-ji; not el-Iar, sevindim, hirinji etc. c) But if esre or (_j {-%-, -*-), as a grammatical ending follows an ebtre sound (o, ou; H, eo), then instead of reading it -i-, -i- according to the two rules above men- tioned, it is read -OM-; if the precedent vowel be o, on; and -H-: if the precedent vowel is ed, u (pp. 41, 49); as: ^y^: j>yA ' /v«y ' i^^y> niotim: moumou, moumouni, moumou'fi; not niomni, moumim, moumiii. (jji '■ J,y ' i js ' v£ll_js ' ^ y qol: qoloti, qoloum, qo- loun, qoloumom ; not qoli, qolim, qolin, qoUmig. T Tenveen: Harmony of the vowels. 13 I'ij/' ' iljij/'' S^jf' ^?jf' j^jjf g^rdiim, g4br- diin, g4irdu, g^rdHJc, gibrdttnUs ; not gedrdim etc. pSCSjJ/^' *£l5ojJ^' ^^^i}'' 'j^jif gUlduyum, gulduyOn, gUldtiyu, giildilyfimus ; not giikUyim etc. i»i_j?jl Oqoudoum; ti} gUlush; ^^y qosJidoum. The Lord's Prayer Wi jXj ejUVjl jla-_j^ oj: -5 ^ ^ *J!:.J i)y y. "J. (i-A»-^^ (^jJ ^ ^ Babbani Douia. (Mat. vi, 9-13.) 9. iJ?/' shnavatda dlan pederimie! Ismih mouqad'des olsoun. 10. Melehutun gelsin. Iradetin semavatda ol- donghou gibi yer uzerinde dalchi ijra olounsoun. 11. Yev- mi ehmeyimisi hue bou gun ver. 12. Ve hize souchlou olanlara bagMshladtghimi/ misil'lou bisini souchlarimUi baghish'la. 13. Ve bisi igh'vaya gefirme, lahin bizi sM- rirden qouriar. Zira melekiU ve qoiidret ve iz'zH ilel ebed senin dir, Amin! 14 Ct First Part. Turkish Grammar. ^ u^i^ Lesson 1. Definite and Indefinite Articles. Definite Article Turk. Harft Tarif. ^> Ja Jij- Indefinite » » Harfl TenJcir. y$^ Jij- \ -Jui Exercise 1. r^ ■^i^'^ p. 29. (Transliteration.) 1. Bir cJwJouq. Chojouq. 2. Bir qoKsJi. Qoush. 3. Eol'iiz. Bir eokuz. 4. Shou dere. Bir dire. 5. Bir yaqtn keby. Yaqtii hir keoy. 6. Yilksek bir dagh. Bir yuksek dagh. 7. Oiizaq shehir. Shehir ouzaq dtr. 0 sliehir ouzaq mi dtr? 8. Boic hebyuk dagh. Bou dagh hebyuk' ma dur? Dagh hedyuk' mt'i ditr? Bir heoyiik dagh. 9. Eyi chojouq. Chojouq eyi dir. 0 eyi chojouq. 0 chojouq eyi bir chojouq dour. 10. Bou at. Bir at. At. Eyi at. Bou bir at dir. Bir eyi at. At eyi dir. 11. Ouzaq bir shehir. Bir yaqhi shehir. Shehir yaqtn ml dir'^ Shehir ouzaq dtr. 12. Haca eyi dir. Hava s'ljaq' mt dtr? Hava so- vouq dour. 13. Qardash ve q'lz qardash zhigin dirler. Qurdush, qiz qardasJi, bdba ve ana eyi dirler. li. Sen bedyiik' mii sun, ki'icJiuk' i/iu sun? 15. Qaraqoush (eagle). Qara dagh (Monte- negro). Qara deniz (Black Sea). Aq dcniz (Mediterranean). Aq baba (vulture). Aq dagh. (Translation.) 1. A boy. The boy. :2. A bird. The bird. 3. The ox. An ox. 4. That valley. A valley. 5. A near village. 6. A high mountain. 7. A distant city. The city is far. Is that city far? 8. This big mountain. Is this mountain big? (Is this a big mountain?) 9. The good child. The child is good. That good boy. That [boy] is a nice boy. 10. This horse. A horse. The horse. The good horse. * This is a horse. ) B Definite and Indefinite Articles. 15- A good horse. The horse is good. 1 1 . A distant city. A neigh- bouring city. Is the city near? The city is far. 12. The weather is pleasant [good]. Is the weather hot? The weather is cold. 13. The brother and sister are rich. The brother, the sister, the father and the mother are good. 14. Are you old [big] or young [little]? 15. The eagle. Montenegro. The Black Sea. The Mediterranean. The vulture. The White Mountain. Y A*=>-Jf Translation 2. r« u^ p. 30. ■^ ^'j^j^ • J" jT • cf JU " • ^i jT = ^IL jT . iiii jT = ji Jijj' j,-^ • j^ L^i[_ _?' = ->-^^\. -j' "^ ■ -'^-^. '^^^ ^y • ji ejl5 ? j-^;:^ J' uV-^. ^ '? J^ (^ li' uV^. •-'■^ i-^' cry j; "^ (Transliteration.) i. ^^. ^j'r at. Bir eyi at. Eiji at. Bir at v6 bir ebkuz^ 2. Bir ev. Bir leotjuk ev. Beoyuk hir eo. Beoyitk ev. Ev ieoyuk- dtir. 3. Bir adem. Adem. Bir aq adem = Aq hir admi- Aq adem. 4. Qara dmis. Qara dagh. Aq deniz. Aq dagh.. '). Bir aq gid. Aq gul. Qtrmizt gul. 6. Keotil Mr chojouq = Bir kebtu diojouq. Bou [chojouq] kedii>- hir chojouq dour.. Kedtu chojouq hou dour. 7. Ev yaqin dtr. Shehir ouzaq dtr. Bir at, bir qoush ve bir eoMiz. Eyi at ve beoyuk ebkHz. 9. Bou qoush aq dh: Bou qoush aq mi dtr? Qara dtr. 10. Qardash genj dir. 0 [adem'] eyi hir adem dir. 11. Qara qoush beoyuk bir qoush dour. S/iou qoush giXzel bir qara qoush dour. 12. Aq- deniz hebytik hir deniz dir. 16 r u-ji Lesson 2. n 1. i?ew kuc/utk Am I am little. 5. Sen genj sin Thou art young. 3. Onlar zengin dirler They are rich. 4. Baba eyi dir The father is good. 5. At kedtu dur The horse is bad. 6. 0 shehir ouzaq dir That city is far. 7. Shehir ouzaq m'l dh-? Is the city far? 8. Hava sljaq ml dir? Is the weather hot? 9. Ev'vH sijaq dir Yes, it is. 10. Qoush beoi/i'ik dur The bird is bia. V u^^ Lesson 2. The Substantive Verb. V ^j^ Exercise 3. rr ;_^ p. 33. {^' (Transliteration.) 1. Faqir misin? Zmgin misin? — Ben faqir deyiliiii, ikh'tiyar adem faqir dir. 2. Gilzel depeUr, yAksek daghlar, beb- yiik adalar ve yeshil yapraqlar. 3. Zengin qonshoidar, faqir dostlar ve hir ikh'tiyar asker. 4. Bir taze sou ri qah've ver. — Sou taze dir, qahve taze deyil dir. 5. Yapraq yeshil' mi ■ dir, q'trm'izi' ml dir? — Effendhn yapraq yi'sJiil dir, q'lrmizi deyil dir. 6. Ghojouqlar tenhel' midir'f — Khayr, Effendim, chojouqlar tenhel deyil dirler, chaltshqan dirlar. 7. Asker iltti- yar' ml genj mi? — jSffendm, asker pek ikh'tiyar ve hasta dir. S. 0 jSmerd dost pek hasta dir. 9. Biz tenbel deyiliz, chal'ish- qaniz. 10. Sen pek tenhel sin. — Ben tenbel deyil ii)i, tenbel ■ sen sin. 11. Khayr, Ejffendim, tenbel shoti yorglioun qonshou ■dour. 12. Ahmed effmdi dost le khisim dir, dushmen deyil dir. 13. Artin Bey qonshou ve dost dour. li. Qahvi haz'ir mi dir, deyil' mi dir? — Eovet, Effendiler, qahre re sou iuizir dir. 1-5. Jorji Bey hasta mi dir? — Khayr, effendint, hasta deyil yorglioun dour. (Translation.) 1. Art thou poor? Art thou rich? — I am not poor, the old man is poor. 2. Pretty hills, high mountains, great islands and green leaves. 3. Rich neighbours, poor friends -and an old soldier. 4. Give [me] some (a) fresh water and some coffee. The water is fresh, the coffee is not fresh. 5. Is IV The Substantive Verb. 17 the leaf green cr red? — [My] sir, the leaf is green [and] not red. 6. Are the children lazy? - No, sir, the children are not lazy, they are diligent. 7. Is the soldier old [or] young? — [My] Sir, the soldier is very old and sick. 8. That generous friend is very sick. 9. We are not lazy, we are dihgent. 10. Thou art very lazy. — I am not lazy, you are the lazy one. 11. No, sir, that tired neighbour is lazy. 12. Mr. Ahmed is [a] friend and a relative, he is not an enemy. 13. Mr. Pas- cal is a neighbour and a friend. 14. Is the coffee ready or (is) not? — Yes, gentlemen, the coffee and the water are ready (is ready). 15. Is Master Georgie sick? — No, sir, he is not sick, he is tired. i Aj^j Translation 4. (JbT) JaLT r .j-J^j; (--J^i Cjj\ — 1 j3 ^-« JTs fjjpjiji T •JJJL.51 ' J-USi Jljjl Jja- ' ^Xi\j^ — ? J-^'—' J'3j' *^ *=es.lj S • (Transliteration.) 1. Kuchilk depiUr. Qirmizt chichekUr. Yeshil yapraqlar ve gilzSl hahjUir. 2. jSv hebyuk deyiV mi dir? — Ewet, Eff in- dim, ieoyAk ditr. 3. Adalar kuchilk durlir. 0 ada kiXchuk deyil dir. 4. Qahvi choq Syi dir. Pek iyi Mr qahve deyil dir. 3. Bahjeler v6 aghajlar choq 6yi dirler. 6. Qahvi hazir mi? Khayr, Effendim. 7. Siz hazir ml stntz = Hazir mi stntz? — Evvet, EffendiUr, hazirtm. 8. Charlie Effendi kirn' dir? — Choq iyi hir qonshou dour. 9. Sou tazi midir ? Khayr, Effen- dim, taze deyil dir. — Bir tazi sou vir. 10. Bahje pik ouzaq mi du\ — Khayr, Effindim, choq ouzaq deyil dir, yaqin dir. Key to the Turkisli Conv. -Grammar. 2 18 r ij'ji Lesson 3. 1A 11. Ahmed Biy iiji hir asker dir. 12. Jeomerd bir adem dir. 13. 0 Effmdi tamakiar deyil dir. 14. Georgie ley pek genj dir. Corrected 7c=!i.:^ MousahhaW . i. Ahmed Effendi pek jeomerd deyil' niidir? — Khayr, Ahmed Effmdi pek tamakiar dir. 2. Artin Agha pek guzel bir adem deyil dir. 3. Onlar guzel adem deyil dirler. 4. Yeshil yapraqlar, bmytik aghajlar. 5. Sen haztr mi sin^ 6. Ben hazir deyil' mi yim? 7. Chojouqlar clialishqan deyil' mi dirler? 1. Is not Mr. Ahmed very generous? — No, Mr. Ahmed is very avaricious. 2. Mr. Pascal is not a very good man. — 3. They are not good men. 4. Green leaves, big trees. 5. Are you ready? 6. Am I not ready? 7. Are not the children diligent? ^ ^^^ Lesson 3. The Substantive Verb. (Continued.) ai Exercise 5. rv i^^ p. 37. (^t" (Transliteration.) 1. Bahjede i-ri aghajlar, ve agliajlarda guzel mhjveler ce yeshil yapraqlar var dir. 2. Evde bebyuk bir kedi ve oufaq bir Icebpek tar Idt. 3. Kticiinli chojouqlar bahjede, re beoyuk cho- jouqlar evde dirler. 4. Clialishqan oghlanlar mektibdi vS ten- biller daghda dirlar. 5. Dostlara dost'ouz ve dAshmMere dCtsli- meniz. 6. Peder, valide vi khtsmilar hde deyiller'mi? (deyil' mi dirler?) — Khayr, Effendim , peder ve validi evde dirler, kliislm- lar evde deyil dirler. 7. Eyi deyiUer, iyi deyil dirler. Eyi deyil' mi dirler? Eyi idiler. — Kliuyr, eyi deyil idiler. 8. Qah've siyali, si'id h^yas ve sharab qtrriuzt dir. 9. Kiiciiitk Mdi siyah' m'l dir? — Khayr, Effendim, beoyuk kedi siyali dir; kuchtik kedi sari dir. 10. Balijelerde sari, beyaz, qirinizi chicJiSkler var dirlar. 11. Evde lain var ? — Evde adem yoq dour. 12. Sa-at qach' dir ? — Sa-at hir bouchouq dour. 13. Sa-at debrt diyil'. ]\ The Substantive Verb. 19 miyidi? — lOiayr, Biyiiiif debrt houchouq idi, d&>rt deijil idi. 14. Bou sa-at Syi' mi dir, hebtu mA dUr? — Khayr, Beyim, ho:i sa-at guzil bir altoun sa-at dtr. (Translation.) 1. There are big trees in the garden, (and) there are pretty fruits and green leaves on the trees. 2. There was a big cat and a little dog in the house. 3. The little children arc in the garden and the big children in the house. 4. The industrious children are in the school and the idle [ones] in the mountain. 5. We are friends to friends and (we are) enemies to enemies. 6. Are not the father, the mother and the relatives at home? No, sir, the father and mother are at home, the relatives are not at home. 7. They are not well. Are they not well? They were well. — No, they were not well. 8. The coffee is black, the milk is white and the wine is red. 9. Is the httle cat black? — No,' sir, the big cat is black, the little cat is yellow. 10. There are yellow, white [and] red flowers in the garden. 11. Who is there at home? 12. What o'clock is it? — It is half past one. 13. Was it not five o'clock? — No, sir, it was half past four, it was not four. 14. Is the watch good [or] bad? — No, sir, this (watch) is a good gold watch. '\ AS- J Translation 6. •Ji e3*«l) ' aXsI jvi- % J-U< b3jI lil J.S"I T ' iS-^)} '*^^~»- 3^ jij J^T^l; osji^ jT ^ • -Jj^ JjT' ^^-''- '^'■^y jir" i^~ ^ jr" JC\ — % j3 jb ^^ -^^ »:>3^ oS ^ ^ % (j3 h ^\') ?j:> ._}2 jb j'^'i'i'i ^1 (Transliteration.) 1. 0 hasta mtyidt (mt idi) ? — Khayr, Beyim, hasia deyil idi, asMr choq hasia idi. 2. Ahmed Bey evde mi dir? ICJiayr, ' 2* 20 "t i_f-J.> Lesson 4. r» Ejfmdim, hahjkU dir. 3. Evde kim var? — Evde Hassan Effendi var dtr. 4. Yedi gun ve doqouz sa-at. Sekiz houchouq giln. 5. QahvS s'ljaq ml yldi? — Evvet, Effindim, qahve ve Slid sijaq dir, sovouq deyil dir. 6. Bou genj Effendi kim' dir? ■ — Kerim Effendi dir. 7. TJch ve tjedi: on , Msh ve alti: onhir' eder (makes). 8. Bir gunde on iki sa-at var dir. 9. Aq she- Mr, Esgi shehir ve Yeni shehir giizil [ve] hebyuk shehirler dirler. 10. Aq denizde qacJi ada var dir? 11. Qara denizde qacK ada var dir? — Iki ilch kebttl adalar var dir. Corrected rut,^ MousahhaW. • iJ^~b i iJy^y^ J. Ui' 1. Aq denizde choq hebyuk ve kucliuk adalar var dir. There are many small and big islands in the Mediterranean Sea. 2. Sa-at hesh houchouq dour. It is half past five o'clock. 3. Sa-at qach var? or Sa-at qach dir? What o'clock is it? — Sa-at yarim dir. It is half past twelve (It is not correct to say on iki hou- chouq). 4. Etji chojouq ecde mi? Is the good boy at home? 5. Bahjede hebyuk Mr aghaj yoq dour. There is not any (a) large tree in the garden. 6. Sen eyi bir chojouq dhjil sin. You are not a good boy. ^ u^^t> Lesson 4. Declension of Nouns Ahvali Isim. Jl=.. hal case, Ar. pi. Jlj^l dhval cases, p—l ism, isim noun ■ i_j1_;c1 ' p— I Ji_^l eerab, ah'vali isim Declension of the Nouns. ijKj> Mujerred' Nominative «.JI oL^ Muzafun iUyhi' Genitive 'Jl J_y>i« Mdfouloun iUi/hi' Dative -<j J_^ MSfouloim bilii' Accusative <K~i J_y<i" M^fouloun fiylii' Locative * J_^ in the text, the correct form is i) v^ or ^vj' • ri Declension of Nouns. 21 *lc OjiJ^ Mefouloun anhou Ablative *»« Jj»i> Mefouloun mahou Instrumental. Note. 1. The last case is not included in the list of Declensions, to make the list as short as possible. It is made by the addition of 411 ' aJ He, IS 'with, by'; as: 'U jJy ' «Jul j-lL ' ^j^j^ peder iU, task iU, chojoughou He with the father, by a stone, with his child. 2. <JI ^l,i. musaf-dn ilhjhi lit. 'modifier', the first member of the Izaf^t, always followed by a oU" muzaf 'annexed, modi- fied', the and member of the Izaf^t. The connexion is called Izaf^t (§ 107). 3. J_yii« mefoul lit. 'object of a verb': ^1 J_y«jl' ' ■us J»«ii mefouloun ileyhi, — fiyhi the objects of the verb modified by the Arab, prepositions aJ ' *..'! ileyhi, fiyhi 'to, in' (Turk, -e, -a; -de) i. e. Dative, Locative etc. V •^ Exercise 7. te ij^ p. 4. 5. Singular ^Jla Mufrid. Plural «;-• Jem. N. Ijlj haba JLL babalar G. iiiU hahanin of hjW babalartn of D. -iiiU habaya to ojlL babalara to A. J_U; habayi -S (.sJIjI; babalart L. A. I. i>i\i\ babada in (jjLL babadan from aJjI LL baba He with 2 oiJ^\ babalarcla in ijjjljl) babalardan from ail JLL babalar He with » 5 1. Three days; from [in] three days; to [for] five francs; the six trees [ace.]. 2. In seven evenings; a good garden [ace.]; to a beautiful girl. 3. A little cat [ace,]; in [on] a high hill; in Montenegro. 4. The Mediterranean Sea [ace] ; the red flowers [ace.]. 5. From many; many [ace.]; from the few; to the few. 6. The beautiful (ones) [ace.]; from the bad; in the wells. 7. The coffee [ace.]: from the coffee; in [en] the girls. 8. To the boys; the book [ace.]; from the book. 9. To the cold; to the hot; the httle one [ace.]. 10. To the arrow, from the arrow; from the hand, the hand [ace.]. 11. To the village; in the village; from the villages, from the valley; from the hill; from the leaves; the leaves [ace.]. 22 e i^jj Lesson 5. fX A 4,<k>-J' Translation 8. ' 6>li ' £)>b '>b) oi>lI= ' o>li. ■ U>li. '-pi^ ^ .u-a5^_j; • jij 4j(il ^^r- -OijUU til ' DjUliT J,! ' ^Ij'L Jui. A .B-bJ^il ' i]J,_xi\ '■ 4j(^j.:9l • Aijf (ii^JuJI Y Corrected 7t.^*=^ MousahhaW . •t_-ljeji ' (j.eji • 4i»»-j; ' il ,9 ' <ujl i t .(;!og satisfied) ° u^-^i> Lesson 5. olA'5 Kinayat The Pronouns. (_5ya'&i ^w> Zamiri Shalih'si Personal pronouns. liUil _A^^ Zamiri Izafi Possessive V»3j _A^ Zamiri Vasfi Adjectival ■Zjj\i'\ p-"l Ismi IsharH Demonstrative (iAi^L" .j^^i Zamiri Teekidi Reflexive ^L^ii^l ^n«^ Zamiri Istifhami Interrogative |v^ ^rWii Zamiri Mtibhem Indefinite tr The Pronouns Kinayat. 23 Jui Exercise 9. or i_^ p. 53 1. Our; with me, on me; from us; your, with you, on you; to you; to him; with him, on him. 2. From him; himself [ace.]; from himself; his; to you. 3. Their milk [nom.], their milk [ace.]; in our coffee; from your house. 4. From his house; from him; (onoun) his; (evinin) of his house, (ivi) his house [nom.J. 5. My tea, your tea, their tea; our tea [ace] ; their tea [ace.]; his tea, the tea. To us and to you, from us and from you, from them and from you. 7. There are large and beautiful trees in their, (in) our and (in) your garden. 8. I have no outdoor boots on my feet ; you have boots on your feet. 9. Your foot, their feet, on their feet. 10. My water, in my water, your water, in their water. 11. Our water is very good, yours is bad (filthy) and scanty. 12. Both of us, three of us, and four of us are diligent; they are lazy. 13. Your children are in that house. Our children are in our house. 14. My shoes and boots; the shepherd's sandals and stick. 15. Your daughter's red shpper and black stockings. 16. His coffee-pot; in their coffee-pot. There is no coffee in their coffee-pot. 17. A cup of coffee; two cups of milk. 18. Your son; your son [ace], with (on) our son ; with (in) your master; with (in) our master ; in your eye. \ ♦ A^-J? Translation 10. <ibjl ' (her) dliji ' Wo ' j^ ' jt^ = _^ ' ^jl ' J> ' (Jj. ^ • ^JlLS^' (j,jl V- . ^x, i bJCj '. (on you) eSj- '. (on thee) .(their cat) ^5jii_j5^' (their cats) (_g_^ui^i^^^JL5^i(^_Xjjr' eJiiJej^ '\ • [ace] ^^'jSZj^ ' [acc] ^jw ' ^_3tf • iS'j^ o • (^ • t) <cJijl = 4iliji ' 4^_>U.jl = -uiiji ' c^jl = ^\s-j\ y 24 T cfji Lesson 6. ft B-i.".»-,l s J._wl) ^ ^ • ^i'^jJL »j\S^jf~' eijtS^j^ "^JT^ ^\a. ' (nom.) (^U- ^ V . ij^i = ^^~^\ ' (>^\ ~ (C-^^. ' e-^'-^^. " Corrected Tt^t^. MousahhaW. = ^yS' ^tl Y .oghloiinouz jsdltjl ' ogJdon Icjl \ '^ u"'^t> Lesson 6. osUjI The Izafet I^afet. S \ ffXxi Exercise 11. o\ i^a p. 59. 1. Family amizm sayisi on alfi dir: pederim ve ralidt'm iki, uch hiraderlerim besh, biraderlerimin ucli gilinUri sekiz, hebyuh qardashim Ali bSyin haldizi doqouz, d&irt yvgmUrim on uch, khalayiq ve bir klnziidtkuir on besh ve ben dakhi on alti = Tlie number of our family is sixteen: my father and mother: two, my three brothers: five, the three wives (^elin sister-in-law) of my brothers : eight, the sister-in-law of my elder brother Ali Bey: nine, my three nephews: thirteen, the maid-servant and a man servant : fifteen and I : sixteen. 2. My mother has three cages in her room (§ 121); in one of these cages there is a beautiful [and] big bird. 3. Dun bizdi iki mtisafir varidi: boun- lardan bh-i kuchuk qardashimin hajanagh'inm biraderi kli, olbiri qonsJioumouzoun gureyisi idi. There were two guests in our house yesterday: one of them was the brotlier of the brother- in-law of my younger brother, the other our neighbour's son- in-law. 4. The number of the books was ten : five of them ro The Izafet Izafit. 25- are at home and five (also) in the school. 5. This gentleman is Vahan Effendi, my aunt's son. 6. That little boy's mother (mamma) is very sick. 7. Beoijuk validimin iltisi habamm amoujasimn qarisi dir, ve Us6 kUsim dir. The sister-in-law of my grandmother is my father's uncle's wife and related to us. 8. Dimur inishUnin anast vS babast v4 gilinin qaynana ve qaynatasi dir. A Dunur is a brother-in-law's (Snishti) mother and father and a daughter-in-law's (gSlin) father-in-law and mother-in-law. 9. Damad qtzin qojasi v4 dunurun oghlou dour^ A son-in-law is a daughter's husband and a son of the duhur, 10. Amoujazadeye amouja og}doio da derler; dayl zadeye dayi oghlou vS teyzS zadeyi Uyze oghlou da dirlir. A cousin is also called an uncle's son (or aunt's son). 11. G^rumje qojanin qiz qardasM ve elti qojanm qardashmin qartsi dir. A GSrumji is a husband's sister, and an elti is the wife of a husband's- brother. 12. Qiz qardashin oghlouna yegen ve qardasMh ogh- loitna da yegen derler. A sister's son and a brother's son is called a nephew (yegen). 13. Sea-water, apple-juice, apple- wine (cider). \ Y A^^j Translation 12, ■26 Y _"Ji Lesson 7. r^ Correction pi,<« Motisahhah' . •ji a:-^ JijI ibji ^ u^-^^ Lesson 7. The Verb To Have. \ T fJSJc Exercise 13. -iv "U.^^^ p. 67. I. 1. There are many trees in our garden: apples, pears, apricots. There are pretty red apples on the apple-tree; there are very few pears on the pear-tree ; but there are no apricots on the apricot tree. 2. What have they got? — They have three pounds of grapes, four pounds of pears and some morella cherries. 3. The chestnut-tree has large chestnuts. There tire large chestnuts on the chestnut- tree. 4. Ali had fifteen piastres; how many piastres did you have? 5. Were there any grapes in the vineyard? — No, sir, there were no grapes, but there Avere peaches, oranges and lemons. 6. The little girl has a "ilower. There was a flower in the hand of the little girl. II. 7. Have you any money? — Yes, I have fifteen piastres, but your servant had no money. 8. The master has a gold pen, have you [one] too? — I have not, but my brother has a * beautiful gold pen. 9. Has the chifd any book? — Yes, the child has the book**. 10. Has your uncle any money? Is there any money? I have not the money, neither has my uncle. 11. Have you the paper and the pen? — No, I have * Correct the text Sjy g^zU instead of Jl3_^ ** Correct the text ^hS^/citoft instead of ^_zf' rv The Verb To Have Var Feeli. 27 neither paper nor pen; but my brother has both paper and pen. 12. Have you the bread? 13. Shepherd Nejib has the black sheep. H. The maid-servant has the eggs and the vine- gar. 15. Did you not have the cheese? — No, sir, we had not the cheese, we had the butter. \ i Ajs-Jf Translation U. DjIjjS^jTj; ISc^ ■ (j3 jb ^h. '^) -Ji jb c^l X ^. ^ I- •J3 jb ej^ -i-^ ^ e-^^ ''" • Ob ^' rjl oi^^jl) • jb J-' ^j' «jj;_) ? J J.^ j'j Uj?Ci, g_j* dL- t • Cj5 jb iJ'JjC^ c5-^i ujl =ji jb J'yry; J^J — "^ ->^ ->'-' (J^^-^T ^^ Sj?^jjjjl=' y — . (? jj^ jb >i^> a e-"^^.^ '^ j-Ju.< jb ^'}j. f^. ^ II- «x— ) 'j^ ->b J>' X »^j^b. -5 ob ^-^^i j; '^^ • C"^' '^j' jl^ ? jJU« oA"i_)l is ^ -(jS jl> «!>! a eX4j3b. -> *-^-? JC 1 If the object be a rational being the Locative form is not used. — 2 matbalch vulg. moutvaJch kitchen. 28 A L^ji Lesson 8. fA '^ u^-^t^ Lesson 8. Oiili^ The Pronouns. (Continued.) N 0 Ji* Exercise 15. vr «i-=^ p. 73. 1. Esvabtniz nerede dir? — Esvahlartmtz sizin evde di?-; faqat pederiminkiler ainoujam gilde idi. Where are your clothes? — Our clothes are in your house, but those of my father were at my uncle's. 2. What have you in your hands? — (I have) a calico waistcoat, a broad-cloth pants, [and] a frock-coat. 3. Whose are the knife, the hat and the stick which you have? — The hat which I have is my little nephew's, the stick is mine and the knife is the cook's (ashji). i. Shepherd Ahmed is a poor man, "his shirt has no lining" (he is exceedingly poor). 5. Whose knife have you? — I have neither Joseph's knife, nor those of the baker. 6. Whose are this hat and stick? (To whom do this hat and stick belong?) — They are my own, those of the master are not here. 7. The gown of my sister is [made] of red wool and her handkerchief of silk. 8. His- clothes are very old {eski worn). 9. The house of this (man) is newer than that man's. 10. That child's dress is very neat (temiz). 11. The pictures of (in) this book are very large; but those of my uncles' are small. 13. Here is a petticoat and there is a hat. \ 1 iji-j Translation 16. r^ The Adjective Sifet 29 iVoie. There occured a misprint in the 1st ijne of the Exercise 17*^: ^^^^^y read as ^^^jiy New Yot^lclou. ^ cr'-^i> Lesson 9. The Adjective jlX^ Sifet. \V Jiiii' Exercise 17. \ Londonlou, Bostonloii, Neioyorklou, Parisli. A Lon- doner; a man of Boston, Bostonian; New Yorker, Parisian. U j^ ij^jS = ^i—ii ' /Pj~^J^ ' (i&UaejS ' ( L^U ijy>-) A^~^ ' jls-Lo ' J,Ji!jii ' i_^4Jl_) ■ iQoudmtslou, Qoudsou Sherifli) Greek, religious; belong- 1 • 4j^_^^ JiaS^ ' Aarl-a- ' Aa:— '^jl ing to the country, school ; manly ; belonging to the class. 30 ^ ij-ji Lesson 9. t~» \ A ^cJlk^ Exercise 18. 1. Who is that man? — He is an American gentleman. What is his name? — His name is Mr. Henry Riggs. 2. Who is this tall (long-statured) foreigner? — He is a gentleman of French nationality. 3. Who was Csesar (*jl *»- chezar)? — He was one of the gi'eat (emperors) of the ancient Romans. 4. Where is the city of Rome? — It is in Italy, in the country of the Itahans. 5. Shekerji oghlou (confectioner's son) Ahmed Agha is a stranger ; his occupation is that of a confectioner ; his father and his grandfather too were sugarmakers; they were of the guild (esnaf) of confectioners. 6. The salary of this clerk is two hundred piastres. 7. The bookseller sells books ; the treacleseller sells treacle. 8. I am not a native of this city, I am a stranger. 9. Your name is Ah, and my name too is Ali, we two are namesakes. 10. My lovely house is very small, but I am very poor (There is poverty on my head). 1 1 . Your brother and I are of the same occupation and age. 12. The man without money is poor; the man with money is rich. 13. Although that is a wooded spot, yet it is dry, there is no water. Id. What is the occupation of your companion? — • My companion is a stone-cutter, his father was a baker. jlj>. instead of j\j>- of the text. ? »"» Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. 31 N ^ ^*>-^ Translation 19. iJj^ (Ir" ^ * ^-'■**-?i c?-*"-''^ iJ^il J-«ej\)) Ou- J^Jl^Ji ? iju «. ^ * L^-^i> Lesson 10. Interrogative and Indefinite Pronouns. Y ♦ f^io Exercise 20. 1. Who are these children? — They are the children of some of the workmen who are there. Are they all boys? — No, sir, some [of them] are boys, others (some ones) girls. Some of the pens which I have are better than yours; but those of your brother are all good. 3. How much money have- you? — My purse is full of money. With what kind of money is it full? — It is full partly (some) of gold and partly (some)- silver money. 4. Which of these fruits are unripe and which ripe? — Except the cherries and mulberries the apples, pears and all other fruits are unripe. 5. How are your relations with each other, are they good ? — Relations between us are always, good, they have never been bad. 6. What have you in the * Mirqowm for '^he', in correct language § 678. S2 ( t (_f.ji Lesson 11. rr house? — I have a silk handkerchief. 7. How are the sick students? — Though some of them are well, yet others are not Ai all well. Y \ 'Ws- J Translation 21. -<iiil i_j^ ''^ •j'i jb J-^J^ ^3y>-^ iJj'-J. »^J^'^'^ y. ^ •J.s jb — jJ>5=:Li j; J^sl' jl i -j^lSj-^ fJjULiI cyy. (JenaM Allah) ^x5^ — ■? liJjl jL' |«^i)i' (i-'-'i' ^-^y '^ ■ "->b (ilx a ^^-t-ij* ^ ^ u^^i> Lesson 11. iljicl '\j^l Numeral Adjectives. ^1 i.sm name, noun: Ar.pl. tl;..! Ssma names, nouns. jjt adei number: Ar. pi. i\Js-\ adad numbers. 'J^\ ilJil Adadi asliye Cardinal Numbers •>_u3_jT :)\yc\ Adadi tevziyiyS Distributive » ■^jj.^ i\js.\ Adadi hesriye Fractional » A-i^j i\^s■\ Adadi vasfiye Ordinal » rr Numera,! Adjectives ^smayi Adad. 33 Note. For the sum of 100000 piastres in financial circles the word j/^fc 'load' is used. In English there are two similar words: Plum, which was used for the sum of £ 100000 sterling (now obsolete); and Lac, Lack, in India is equal to the sum of 100,000 rupees. A lac of rupees is equal to £ 6,666/13/4 sterling, as the rupee now equals 1/6. One hundred lacs, or 10,000,000 of rupees, ma^e a Orore. Y Y f»JbJ Exercise 22. ^r 'Jl-k^ p. 92. f^ 1. How old are you? — I am thirty years old. How old is your brother? — He is thirty seven years old; he was horn in 1863 (the 1863*11 year of Christ). 2. There are forty head of cattle in our stable ; there are ten head of horses, a hundred head of sheep, 50 (head of) cows in the meadow, and we have three or four hundred (head of) goats in the herds. 3. In (this) the year (of) 1902 there were in the city of Merzifoun 1179 (pieces of) shops, 35 ovens, 15 inns, 14 mills {deyirman, com- monly pronounced as diyirmen), 3091 vineyards, 1128 fields, 139 gardens, 1 meadow, 45 mosques, 26 schools, 114 fountains, 3210 houses and 5 churches. 4. In the (this) year 1902 there were 240 male and 160 female students in Anatolia College. 5. I wrote three (pieces of) petitions and two letters. 6. I have four maps. 7. There are a hundred years in a century, 365 days in a year, 24 hours in a day, 60 minutes in an hour and 60 seconds in a minute. 8. A hundred is composed of ten times ten; ten times ten makes a hundred. 9. 1,050,934; 687,495; 2,340,678. YV 4?-J? Translation 23. CJ<^\ rjl J III *>jl « ♦ ' y_y>- <Gli 0 • • ' -dajj^jp ilb T • • r \jj llL jjCl eSbji "^ -(t^Jjl) j\j ,^eJlSv:> ^^^ '^i'j-' JU iSj, '-(S-^J jlj Ji-J^-* ^:^ fJ^J oibjl Y -Ji j'j (clothes) ei-UjL ^ -Ji jlj J^9 ^j' (cloth) »J.lUjSj) A . (^_$aj_l jlj Jj^JJU • Ji jb ^ o^Jj* '*^OJi ^ji /^i ^ • -(i-^' j'-> eJ^ :iiji J-^ Key to the Turkish Couv.-Grammar. 3 34 tr ij-ji Lesson 12. r'l. ^ V (^^t> Lesson 12. iUfrl 'U-^l Numeral Adjectives. (Continued.) Y t f»Jui Exercise 24. ^^ <jL=s^ p. 99. 1. [The city of] Constantinople was taken in the 1453'!' year of our Lord, on the 29* of May N. S.: this date corre- sponds to the 20"^ of Jemazil Evvel of the year 857 of the Hijret. 2. What is the date [of] to-day? It is the 22tii Dec, 1900, new Style, and the 9''' Dec. old style: to-day is Qaraqish (mid- winter, according to the popular reckoning). 3. Four and forty is equal to fortyfour. 4. What o'clock is it? — It is four according to European time and half past eleven according to Turkish time. 5. My younger brother is the first in the class. What is your place? — I am the third in the class. 6. How much do I owe you? (How much am I in your debt?) — You owe me one Turkish pound and a quarter of a pound and three quarters of a Mejidiye. 7. This year Ramazan meets (correspond with) the first day of December. 8. Half of the loaf (bread) is too little for me, and the whole is too much. 9. Give (to) the children a present of three piastres each. 10. Three parts (fourths) of the world is water, and one [fourth] land. Y 0 <«^^ Translation 25. (_jl j; • jJjj; eJol) tjjtf i..A-,Jjfc ejl) _- ^ -j^j o-'jj- j~ ; ^'Xj^ • (§ T ^ "f ) JnfCr'j-fjTyL JT o . ji ^x "^"i'f: J^} OjI ^' ^•'-- IJI oa5Cl> • i'\ */. = 6 "/o) jJl aijjj '\ •eJC-^Tjjl *£lU;_ •VoJC:— ,<!-, , ^a-jl ±1 .-.aE- , ^C~tjS^ Y . ( :^ 0 • • / , , ) <J' V -J L>- « « « t « * * re Degrees of Comparison. 35 • (j5 bJ~~J- (S^jji eXti^ t-JljSj) X-^'^ (mahbesde) eJ. #- j^>=:^T (gra? ^\,\J=kMumdar) ^jlji.jC>- fj^ ^£l;LsCLS^^ • Jj^ljl oJlll ;_t^^' eaijylaujl k-i;li& Olj-" e-U^-C-- ^^^r^^I • (_$Xjl kljlJj o^— Jjli isinninde aXJ^ = aJl^[ ,^'^' '^^ i^^ ^^ u^-^i> Lesson 13. ,j!^j oUji Degrees of Comparison. oi^ ■ i-^_j Fas/j sl/ef Adjective: Ar. pi. o^lia si/wf. J--J«j p—l jfsjni Tafgil Adjective in tlie comparative and superlative degrees. t5^Ja- jiiei Partial. J5 MZZi Total. t^jjs. (J;;Umj p."! 2smi Tafeili JAzi The Comparative degree. J.'i i_)-,iij p-l Jsmi Tafgili Kulli The Superlative » As-jj BSreje degree: Ar. pi. cJ\:>.ji dMjat. ^_i<jj ol=-jJ Derejati vasf The degrees of Adjectives. Y^ (,Jl* Exercise 26. t .r ij« p. 103. 1. Who is Mr. Aaron? — He is one of my truest friends. 2. Which is the heaviest metal? — The metals are not all equal in heaviness': platinum is the heaviest; but the most useful one is iron ; the latter is lighter than the former. 3. Is that vinegar good ? — No, sir, it is sw^eeter than honey. Have you better than this? — Yes, sir, the red vinegar which we have is much better than yours. 4. Who is your best friend? — It is Mr. Henry, the eldest son of my uncle. 5. Who is the oldest among you? — The oldest and the richest among us is Mr. Lucas (Noori). 6. The cat in comparison with the mouse is a lion, but compared with the lion is a mouse. 7. He went to a city as far away as Bagdad. 8. My stature is as tall as yours. 9. He has a pen as small as a finger. 10. They have a (piece of) paper as big as a hand. 11. Yesterday was the coldest day of the week, but it was not colder than those of the previous weeks. 1 Correct the text: jjJlSj^. ^» oJjl^-t\ ^llJ^ 3* 36 »'v (_rji Lesson 14. f^ YV ^J Translation 27. ._i^ Ui --.^U t •jJl-^JsjCIj ill iJjU.A«^ ^oUj; ei^o) 4LII — 'i ^ bj^jji -^jt j; «— »-J!i ' (_^ ^^Ji^ iJJi "^-j' J. ''->^ ' ^jul ^_<ci* \::JiJl cLb^i^'CiiSij^y^v .j3 Jiii silju-J^-ji J_j=- — 'j^ (»:>l j> -Ul:^ -Ci (^Jjil ^^Ji ^ ' ^■^} 3f-i-^ 3f^ ^ i u^^c> Lesson 14. j^l aLI j>. ^^ Noun with Preposition. ojT^ hareket motion. J\jicJ\ ' o_^ istiqrar, suki'in location, rest. t_57" ?J(M'f letter; particle: harfi jerr preposition. Y A /(JIjJ Exercise 28. » • a ^^ p. lOS. 1. Out of the room; **outside tbe room; **mside the room (in the room) ; **at the door of the room ; *to the door of the room. 2. Near the vineyard ; near the house ; with the hand ; with the foot; with his hand; with the foot; with my foot; with his foot. 3. With the eye ; with my eye ; with your eye ; with his eye. i. **Inside the forest; **in the forest; *to the (inside of) the forest; to the forest; from the forest. 5. For the tree ; for his tree ; for my book ; for his book. 6. **0n * motion. ** location or rest. rv The Substantive Verb. 87 the back of my books there are nice golden (gilt) letters. *Write these words in[to] your book. 7. *Put your hand on me. **Your hand is on me. 8. **The bird is on the tree. *The bird alighted on the tree. 9. *Put the cup into the water. *The cup is in the water. 10. For their cups. y\ ^j Translation 29. Ojl ? **jlj<G eOS^i^A -**jJ5j) <w.^'5^ (<wH) o:>'j) IjcU ijjl wtL, oJ_j^ o-^ljl> ^ •**J-^^ (<^j> o-^'* — i IjicU ijSeJ^ ^ ° u-^^'i^ Lesson 15. The Substantive Verb. (Continued.) V* j^J Exercise 30. nr ^ p. 113. 1. Which is the merrier (merry), Leon or his brother Hassan? — Leon is merrier than Hassan his brother, but Hassan is a very sober and serious boy. 2. All that we have is four piastres, we have not one para more. 3. Though the Hon is the strongest animal in the land, yet he is very cruel {zalim). i. Although our horse is younger than your white horse, yet he is not stronger than he. 5. Which language is the easier, Turkish or English? — Turkish is as easy as Enghsh, it is not harder than it; but they say that Russian is harder. 6. If you have not any paper, buy some from me. — Thank you; though I have not any paper, yet I will not buy fi'om anyone. 7. «If you have money, everybody is your friend, if you have not money, everybody is your enemy.» 8. If a friend's friend is a friend, then one's friend's enemy is an enemy ; the friend of 38 n wJ^ Lesson 16. t"A the enemy is an enemy and the enemy of the enemy is a friend. 9. Have you the books? — Though we have not the books, yet we have the pens. V\ <)U>-y Translation 31. ol^~JU- c-J^j' ui^S ^j-y f a ' ei-H:' (i^-!!^ -^ ijf^^ ^-^ ^ Jul Jjj (^5—1 X ^} oi*~i' r^' j: i>^J3 ti-^' J^^ '^ • J-'^} ^?0 'jiji? J3_y £]l ^oUj; '^j-f-' (^^ '*iJj' ^ '^J~-^ji} ^jl — ? jj,^ ejl" jjk5 ,^C«j: j5oj~< ilji- Y . jj.ls^ oj3j' j-j5 jAs ,jOj iUUj a . ji 3' >i^ o:5"UjI 63^ J-^ (./^^-^"' f-*-^' ^"^ U"^^^ Lesson 16. jJl^^ The Infinitive of Verbs. Jl^\ S ^^LJ Reading Exercise. ( i ) The Story of the Cat and the Camel. One day the Camel, while going with a heavy burden on his back, met the Cat. The Cat arching his back said to the Camel : The Cat: — Good luck (prosperous journey) Brother Camel! whither away like this? The Camel: — Thank you (I commit you to the charge of God) ! But how (who says that) can I be your brother ; where are you (so low)?, where am I (so high)? ' Correct the text as my neighbour -woman. ^ houlounan found, dwelling. r^ Primitive and Derivative Verbs. 39 The Gat: — There is no doubt about it, of course I am your brother. Look here! Have I not a hunchback as big and as large as yours? The Camel: — Perhaps ! But I wonder if it is as strong as mine? The Cat: — Bah! What a silly thing to say! I wonder if you refer to that little thing on your back, the size of a fist. The Camel: — But look well, is not this burden too big for you? The Gat: — Don't talk nonsense! Give it to me, lazy fellow ! The Camel: — Very well, come a little nearer, hoop po loo! said the Camel and loaded "^ the burden on the back of the Cat. The Cat: — 0 dear! 0 dear! 0 dear! How heavy it is, it is all up with me; alas, alas, alas! The Camel: — See (behold) ! you have got your punish- ment; go and learn to speak big words. The Moral: — Eat big mouthfuls, don't speak big words. ^V ^j:p Lesson 17. Primitive and Derivative Verbs. jXyOA masdar Infinitive. JJ feel, fiyl Verb. {S^-i^ muUad'di Transitive. aJV laz'im Intransitive. <^^.^ \$1>^ muUaddi'yi tasyiri Causal or Causative Verb. J_^=t. niSjhoul Passive. 9J^ mutavi Reflexive. ^^XJLi^ musharekk Eeciprocal. oa>- hades Action. ijKj' mujerrid Simple. '^■^•Jy mizeedunfihi Derivative. oJj'lj lJj^ ' J^J^ -^'0 houroufou sayide, zayid harflar Servile letters. L bina Voice (of the verb). l_jIj ' ojj bab, veen Measure. i>JU>| ajU ' oiL maddS, maddeyi asUyi The root. (Sj\.i^\ Jj«J feeli iqtidari Poten- ^jf^ J^ U^^^ ^'^.P^ Accelera- tial verb. " tive verb. loaded for leaded in the text (No. 21 in the Notes). 40 IV ij-ji Lesson 17. CD ^ O <M s c ID 1— 1 1 CQ M CQ OS ^ ti A O ^ J (Z) o -2 1 ^ -g o o o o o o o o O O .» M ■S -S -t-> -*j -fj -M ■*-a »- _C o <D 0) OJ m <D •1) a <1> a '3 .M ^ oj CD 3 j3 CO DO a CQ 13 a s cl CC! cS cS 03 03 03 1 a o o O CJ o o U o o o o o o o o o o O H H ^ H H H H H H EH g o J- « CD 3 OS « « « ft ^ R « , > O c^ CK S cd an > "3 A w e •£ ^ 3 i eo e S 1 e S ^ ^ 4) o <S J e 1 c ^ ■^ .2 o pO »> =o ■TS u rO &< e ho ]-+3 'en a OP R 1 -J- J- ■1_ 1 J- "^ >- i^ ■s J o , ^ _3' J= "J J- .a V '-3 ^3 -^= o p:^ « ?3i o CD o J' 1— I « « ^ «: A A - ft c GO C8 •1 h o o 03 -4^ Oh O 'So ''3 (V CD IB o3 CO CP 'r* cj S l5« s ^ ^ o g 5 ^ eS ^ ^ o H 1- -> 1 -1 J- •b 5' ■b •J ^3 •b •ut Primitive and Derivative Verbs. 41 load. listei fe =§ 0) 1 2 ^ Q^ CD '3 o 55H 5 O o o d. •N 3 o g _® > 0) O o 0) a a u o 0) f > ^ S J<( ■•"» "^ j^ J<| .^ J<) J<! S5 i3- 3 2 C5 -M C3 cs c3 C8 © g § s _» <D a a a a a 3 o o o O O o o o o o o §H w- H H B H H H B H H H H 03 If CD £- o i5 « « « ^' « « A « 1 = o o > o3 '3 >^ O) Xl ;-• ^ « rH w OH e w « 1 ■a II, 1 1 § 3 1 1 1 O 1 s s 9^ 1 1' s> -^ e CO *« ^s ec W <3 &i C a o •iH 3 ee. =^3 t «\ •0 1 4- 3 "S ^ 1 1 i "^ ■•^ 3' 11 o > *S m (S c • II ^^' 'r--, i 3 •^ ■^ "^ ^ —3 ' '^ o s si-. a - l-H ^ « ^ ;5; « « S% « 60 'o — §^-- 2 O o 03 "a a e.£r load listen o a 1 .a a 8 a; 03 (I) > ft Q 1 Ph CD o o o o o o o o O o o T-H ell H H H H H H H H H H H ri ? 1 ■••1, -J' ■b 1- 1 s 42 1 Y u-Ji Lesson 17. ■j-r tt fjlii Exercise 33. Yazdirmac[ j^jSjIj (Transitive and Causal), r i_jlj Measure 2. I rr u^ p. 122. Prim. Infinitive Derivative Infinitive Meaning i. iXlj\ t. a.jjjJjl eoZdiij'ma' To put to death, to Ijill. i. jiL jl *• 6'j'.-^[.j\ ouyandirmaq To awaken. ■f-j^T f-iT^.-^t'*' achdtrmaq To cause to open. i. J._;L c-J'-'.^Jli yazdtrmaq To cause to write. •i.dl.jr t.di.^.jjr gezdirmek To let walk about. W. iU/' f. di.jjjj_^ gulditrmek ^ To let laugh. ijiUjI *■ j'^.->^wi osandirmaq To make tired of. 4. jiLjl *-i>a-'^'^ji outandirmaq To make feel ashamed. *.iL:.| ^ ^^_x.\ endirmek To take down. i.>iLi. t. ^_y.AJ; hindirmck To make ride. i.>iJuljl f. a._^.JjJjl evUndirmeJc To make marry. ^•.j^u *.J.^.J^l^ chalishdirmaq To make work. t. jljl JJl bouldourmaq ' bildirmelc aldtrmaq verdirmek sevdirmik kSsdirmek To cause to find. To cause to know. To cause to take. To cause to give. To cause to love. To cause to cut. ' If ^sre or tS as a grammatical ending follows an eotrd ■sound (ou, u, do), then instead of reading it -i-, -t- it is read as ■ou, il. See page 13 of the Key. \.r Primitive and Derivative Verbs. 43 Ti ^ -Un Exercise 34. Ichirmek dUj^al (Transitive and Causal), r v_jlj Measure 3. \rr u" p. 123. Prim. Infinitive Derivative Infinitive Meaning i.J^> t. J.j» doghoummq To give birth. *.^..t, «. dl.^.'. , pishirmek To cooli:. <. >iW.| . c. >iX..vj¥il ichirmek To give to drink. i-3^,j'^ *• J'-'^-'l ouchourmaq To let fly. i. jiL f. i>.>^l; yatirmaq To lay down. «• j^J^ *• Ly--^'-*^ arttrmaq To make to increase. i.jil; t. ^y'J^\ hattrmaq To make to sink. i-Cr^t t.^j\L^ chiqarmaq To raise. iM^tji t.'O.jjtji diishiirmeh To make to fall. „• - - u <.j.^Li shashtrmaq To be confused. t. iLij t.:a.jji^ hitirmek To finish. ij<Jili= ^ j,^lL tashtrmag To make to run over ijtjj *• J'-'jd J^ douyourmaq To make to hear. ^■•J*> <■ Cr'xJ' doyourmaq To make to satisfy. »-J^^ tj-jj=.l5 qaehirmaq To make to run away. .•.>iL.^ *.duj^^ gecMrmek To make to pass. i iUi.. f. dL^_^_ yitirmek To lose. 44 tV i_rj.i Lesson 17. •uH. to ^^JlkJ Exercise 35. Taranmaq jiljlL (Reflexive, Passive), •u ^L Meae. 4. ;j« tft p. 124. Prim. Infinitive Derivative Infinitive Meaning t.^\j\L rp. JtljU, taranmaq To comb oneself, to be combed. t. iiijjl rp. <i^j:jj\ mrt-linmek To cover oneself, to- be covered t-J-yjl rp. ^jsj\ oqounmaq To be read. tjl^ rp. ^Jj. boulounmaq To be found. i.jLU rp. J^^JU. chaltnmaq To be stolen. tii^i rp. iUjr^'j deokHlmik To be spilt. tO^i rp.^f^. debyulmek To be beaten, pounded. '•J^^ rp. jl_^_j,^ soyoulmaq To undress oneself, to be stripped. f.jUJ j-p. JUJJ qiltnmaq To be performed. tj^UJ, rp.ji.li-L Uqanmaq To be stopped. i-.O-jT rp. -ii^.jT' gkinmih To take a walk. *. j-U-j rp. jiU-j yiyqanmaq To wash oneself, to be washed. i.|3Jl; rp. J.^1; haqtnmaq To look about. t.dl.^ rp. dU.^-. sMnmek To rejoice. tj^Mi rp. jiMi dayanmaq To lean against. i. •iX.iLj^ rp. dU-lij- s^yUnmek To be spoken. *<•' Primitive and Derivative Verbs. 45 V"\ -^W Exercise 36. 5. Yasilmaq jjbjli (Passive), e ..jL Meas. 6. ire ,j.=. p. 125. 1 ij^.j^i yazilmaq, <tXjL^ Mdlmek, v1JlJj_/_j vMlmek, «ii<Jj j~. sivilmek. r jijjjj vouroulmaq, ,_J<Jj_/j5 qirtlmaq. r ■^LXJ^ijS^ ^idilmek, ,^yj^\ achtlmaq. ^ •tXJ^xA ichilmek, j^^tU. chaghrtl- ■maq. o '^-UL'^-i hinilmek, ^j_)ji=j\ otoiiroulmaq; J-JjIj baqtlmaq. T dlj^o diMlmeJe, ■tXi.jj^ gdbrOblmek, ^jjyji hoiiyroulmaq. VV rtJui Exercise 37. 6. Gedrushmek dX^jj^ (Reciprocal). T ,_jlj Meas. 6. (To ,^ p. 125. » iXj'jjJ georSbshmek, ^yJ^jjjj vouroushmaq. r J^>lil aghlashviaq, ■^Xj^J_f^ gulHsIimek. r iUi.jTjji durtUshmek, ^j^Jibjl oynasJimaq. '^•tX^_y^sSvislimih, ^y.J^.Jiji'bouloushmaq, o^J^y. iozoushniaq. JiJ>\Ji f^ju Reading Exercise. (^^.U IT it-CUl.! A^jj^ cfillr The Dmsions of Turkey. The Imperial Protected Countries (i. e. Turkey) are divided into provinces (vilayet), the provinces into counties (Uva, san- jaq), the counties into districts (qaza) and the districts into sub- districts (nahiye) and the sub-districts into villages (qarije, Icedtj). The person who is responsible for the province is the Governor General (vali), one who is responsible for the county is the Governor (nmtesarrif), one who is responsible for the districts is. the Lieutenant Governor (qaymaqam), one who is responsible for the sub-district is the Mudir and those who are responsible for the villages are the bailiff courts and baiUff (ikhtiyar mejlisi, mouhhtar). Turkey is divided into 29 provinces, 6 of which are in Europe^ 21 in Asia, 1 in Africa and one too is in. the Medi- terranean. 46 lA u'J^ Lesson 18. ■tT. \K^J>^ Lesson 18. Compound Verbs. Formed by using Nouns with Auxiliary Yerbs. tK ^ Exercise 38. To grant. To request. To invent. To visit. To make glad. To change. To depart. To return. To teach. To translate. To appear. To build. To preach. To make \ blind. / To keep etc. To endea- \ vour etc. / To make a \ present etc./ cf->y.j'. [f » Vj » iU.! » > ftJ »--J » ili » Ji^- » -E> » v^jj.t ^'^. Ci\ A^ * ^j » » » iX.y^:,\ hi- » Cj JAE- » *jj.a 3^ fj" » U.J » jUjI ili ^ M^.^' jijljl I:. » ^O^At dl.4l;l (.J^ O-d Jd-V" » Verbs derived from Nouns and Adjectives. Meanings. Causal. Intr., Passive. Tran- sitive. Noun, Adj. To hunt etc. To seal . . . To prepare . . . \.y Compound Verbs. 47 Meanings. Causal. Intr., Passive. Tran- sitive. Noun, Adj. To fold . . . ^>1-15 ji>l-l5 6'^^ oi; To cut into pieces To gather ~y-^,^^ J^>*i> j.>l> v> To pass the winter jE>^ j.>LiJ lP:*- To pass the autumn ii^J/- ■a.^j_f 3/- To stone . . . jiiltU, jiililL ^^\i. J-IL. To grease Jl>lili j^;>*ii j.-^l t^ To bind jI^L j.^'>iii ^.^l ^^ To salt J^V3> J^V3> J-V3> 3> To cover with paper jivjiir j^vjiir j-vjiir ji^- To stamp ji>U^, j^>ii^. j'>^>i J^. To be worn ii^-l ."J, <li 5-i To become dry J-jjy j'j-'y -?j>- To abandon J*JLij; ^^y. j^ii^jj j^ji- To resemble ^J^. ^LXaO^^S's) ^ To be sour dLTLts"! iJ,:l„^ri /I, ^rl .^: To grow young ^JUU:^ ajp^:^' er To divide . . . ji>ll. J^^\ 15 L. To hug ji>GUy j^iilil^^ j^M^y o^-> To touch . . . .M -III vM, -111 ca.<iii Jl To be harder To grow larger >ilJijL,'r' ^r ^^[ ^^^: iJLil^l To grow smaller ^jrr ^j^r ^j^r To grow red jii^;J\5 J^._n5 J*^^-^ J;-^ To become green dl^lLi ^>. ^Ji. Jr^ 48 tA a-Ji Lesson 18. "uA Potential and Accelerative Verbs. i * ^^Am Exercise 40. Infinitive. Potential verb. Negative form. Accelerative verb. Meanings. dur vLiju^r' ■a.A.<\S^ ^aJ J^ To come . . . ^.jf cU.JL)oj^^^ iX-Ki.a_)^ •^j-.-J i^-l/' To see . . . j-^ ■^ULJlio^ j.L.»^ -^^.j ^ji> To break... s-^jj ii^:; CJJJ (J"^»JJJ ■^j:-} ^->JJ To strike. o^T dUL;4^T J^L.4^1 '^^.J L>?' To open. ^^_i iijLj^yjl *l-l.<.A;5y 1 ■^^.J t>?il To drink. ■^j7> vtij-j ."ij :> dX.'UA5jJ ^^.J 5S^ To pour. ii^. dLio^r^J ■iX.i^lSji ^^.j 5S^ To beat. ■^a^-^ •^L<,j-_X^ >ll.<Uo_/,U5^ '^-/.-? i5-/.->-^ To let cut. ■^JL._f" >iL.Lj cJL,_^ w-L4.*o_A--^'^ >tL^i J ^j^y To show. 'ii^yjj.l ^iiU-i ">Jj.Tjjl 'll.<^4J_yJ_jl ■^-^.-9 t^y-Jjl /To cover \ oneself. ^^^ iLL .^^ ' — Ud.-. 0^-3(5^ '-^-.^-' '^ji?^ To let pass. »— U-^j.— ^U-U) O^Alij— «— UA^.O^'Ui i.« >ii.«_^J (.SJiJbj^ To let speak. ^O^J Ji^J wUjuj 'oX\ JaC-J iX.-UoJul JitJ ^-/.-' i^-^i^ -^J To preach. <iX<JJl <a^J! •-A^^ oJjI ^.4^ -^■UoJol <J^ >^_;iJ <S-^\ t^J To translate. ,^Jj\ iJ Ju» » ^Jj\ 4JJJ> ^U<jjjjl Ajjji ~-k/.-' '^j'-'l *■:-'*' fTo be \ presented. j-iiT J-WT •^v.J 'i.^'' Not to take. (To make to ( begin. (To make to \ seal. J.i\il dUl; o>liL J..l.<,>lil; ^jiJ 4>lil; To begin. j^l.>Lil, j.L.*i>U.L Not to begin. j^iliL -iiju; ^>liL j.L.<;>U-l, a._^.j J>Vil To be begun, 'u^ The Three Formations of the Infinitives. 49 ■*>(-' .Ui Keadiug Exercise, (r) The Provinces JiiVj Vilayetler. The Provinces of Turkey found in the European portion [of the world] are these: Adrianople, Thessalonica, Qosova, Janina, Scutary [and] Manastir (Monastir). The provinces found in the Asiatic portion [of the world] are: Hijaz (^Us*-), Y6men, Bassra, Baghdad, Mousoul, Haleh (Aleppo), Syria, Beyrout, Khudavindigiar (Broussa), Qonya (Iconium), Anqare (Galatia), Aydin, Adana (Cilicia), Qast6- mouni, Sivas, Diyarbekir (Tigranocerta), Biths, Erzroom (Garin), Harpout (Mamouretul Aziz), Van, Trabizond. In the African portion [of the world]: Tripoli. In the Mediterranean Sea: the Archipelago. The capitals of these [provinces] are: that of the Hijaz Jidde, that of Syria Damascus {Sham), that of Khudavendiglar Broussa, that of AydIn Smyrna, that of Mamouretul Aziz Har- poot, and the capitals of the remainder are the cities which are synonymous with the names of the provinces. ^^ U'^i> Lesson 19. The Three Formations of the Infinitives. f^ t \ A-A* Exercise 41. 1. My [object in] entering school is to learn only reading and writing. 2. My [object in] cutting this pen is for your good writing (I cut this pen that you may write well). 3. Why are you waiting the coming of your brother from the school? it still wants an hour before his returning (coming) from the school. 4. Our object in waiting for you here to-day is only to converse {gebrushmek) with you. 5. My dear child, while I am not here [in my absence] I wish you to work only at your lessons. 6. What is your object in making me do this work? — My object is to make you earn money. — Well "earn, earn and give to the cauldron." (A proverb to show that all the efforts of the human race are for the sustenance of life.) 7. Do not go to school before eating your food. Do not eat much, eat little. "To eat without working is not right at all." (Idlers must not eat). 8. What do you do in the evenings? — I do read a book, my mother sews, my father smokes, and Key to the Turkish Conv.-Grammar. 4 50 1^ erJi Lesson 19. »♦ my little' sister [too] is playing. 9. Today is the birthday of our sovereign, there is a great illumination in our city to-night. iY (t^M Exercise 42. {enish jlj ^J^^J J. ^'^jh, J* ^ •->^ 4' ^-^ '^-^-^ ^ 3J.I jlj lAJS" a lilii-J^jA J descent, yoqoush ascent) ■ "(.,_,,^ 5C1 (tf-'**.^' w-^ J. 4_5--"^*^. *5Ci,i ijo-l) »_-^ ^ j^Jv "^ -""Oil A^jjj 'dUiiC ji J. I <ujr.j j!UT" o • j-4fi (J,eJj ^ '"Csi:.^ »i t>~-d-''. ??— * — ^ (^ '-•^*^' *^ **~^Ji (0:6^l'l') oi<l'i ^ ^ r . (§§ rr \ ' rr a Ao : ^BjL5::i<ul; 5ji.l> 1. From an obsolete infinitive verb J'j-'ji yoqoumaq to go up, to ascend : the third derivation i^_>J_jj yoqoush ascent. 2. entnek to come down, to descend. 3. enisfe descent. 4. a. aj/16 shame. 5. yigit, yiyit a brave young man: yigitlik braverj' (§ 163). 6. a. t. shiddetU severe, hard. 7. a. sihhat, sihhet health. 8. <i^i. for -.l/l. in the text, p. 139, hne 18. > Correct J_j=._^ of the text into Jij^jT". 0 1 The Finite Verb. 51 ^ * u-^i> Lesson 20. The Finite Verb J*» Feel. Tenses indicating the Present time of Turkish verbs: e-jUw musari the Aorist. Jl». lial the Habitual present. Tenses indicating the Past time of the Turkish verbs: iS^j^ "i^^i^ maziyi shouhoudi The Categorical Preterite. Jii \j,,iL< maziyi naqli The Dubitative Past. Tenses indicating the Future time of the Turkish verbs: J-iL-. mAstaqbel Future. ^^.^IJ^JI iltizami Optative. ij_ja.j vujoubi Necessitative. 'W>^ farziye Suppositive. ^\ imr Imperative. ^^ nehi Negative Imperative. Note: In the formation of the first person pi. of the tenses Present, Aorist, Dubitative, Future and Necessitative grammati- cally -iz is added to the third person singular (p. 143, § 309); as: siviyorouz, yaziyorouz; s^veriz, yazariz; sevmishiz, yazmisMs; sevijiyiz, yazajaghiz; sevmeliyiz, yazmaliytz. But the common people in conformity with the first person pi. of Past pronounce this -iz, -tz as -He, tkh: siviyoroiikh, yaziyoroukh; sMrik, yazartkh; sevmisMIc, yazmtsMJch ; sMjiyik, yazajaghikh = yaza- jayiJch; sivmiliyiU, yazmaliyikh. iV f^Z Exercise 43. 1. Tell your father to (let him) come to-day to our house. 2. Let the children go to school. 3. Try to learn your lessons vsrell, do not remain idle (empty). 4. Now then, gentlemen, let us mount [on] the horses and go to have a ride (walk). 5. His not coming is better than his coming, send a man that he may not come. 6. Go and ask, (let us see) what o'clock it is? Is it time to go to church or not? If it is churchtime let all the students go to church. 7. Come along brothers, let us walk a little faster. 8. Change this mejidiye, it is not good. 9. Sell a pound of grapes for 30 paras, do not sell for more than that. t i A;?" y Translation 44. i* 52 r» u-JJ Lesson 20. or jl t -J-Wsj' <s}^'j- i^f y. J |.e->-S^»jl 0-"^^ 'j^ S-U/-1 •jlj jUiJ j; e-AJjojjl vUie^— A - jC^ 4ijljtf -Is-jl) _?_ J Note. Sihhata nafi diyil dir: a. sMihat, t. saghliq health, a. nafi, faydHi useful. -^ L^ r*™ Beading Exercise, ('l) Dinler ve Me^'hebler Religions and Denominations. The religions existing in the Protected Countries of His Majesty {i. e. in Turkey) are three : Islamism, Christianity and Judaism. The Moslems are divided into four denominations: Hanefis, Hanbalis, Shafiyis and Malikis. The majority of Mos- lems are of the Hanefi sect; the Turks, and some of the Kurds are Hanefis. The Persians, the Red-heads {QizU-lashes), and some of the Kurds are Shafiyis. Some Arabian tribes are Han- balis, others Malikis. In every village and city there are mos- ques and imams. The Christians in Turkey also are divided into four great sects: Protestants, Catholics, Armenians and Greeks. In every Christian village and city there are churches (and) priests and preachers. The Jews are very few : they are found only in Constan- tinople and in some cities of Turkey. Note: There are two great sects of Islamism: the Sunnis (orthodox ^^) and the Shi^as (sectary 4j.-j.). The S&nnis or Ortho- dox Moslems are divided into four sects, as has been mentioned. The Shi'as (or Shi'ites) introduced the practice of giving the Quran an allegorical interpretation. In their religious ideas the faith of the ancient Persians, Dualism, Gnosticism and Manichaeism are still to be traced. With some exceptions the Moslems in Persia, and the Kl.il- Bash population in Turkey, s,i-e Shi'as. They do not ac- knowledge the three first direct Caliphs — Aba B^kir, Eomer or The Present Tense. 63 (Omar) and Osman — as legitimate successors of Muhammed, and only acknowledge the twelve Imams. These Imams are: 1. Ali, the fourth caliph, who was murdered and buried at M6sh-h6d Ali, otherwiee called N6j6f, near Baghdad; 2. Hassan, poisoned and buried at Medina; 3. Homsfyin, murdered and buried at K^rb^la, near Baghdad; 4. Ali (Z6yn61 Abidin); 5. Mehemmdd (61 Baqlr); 6. Ja'fdr (6s Sadlq), poisoned and buried at Medina; 7. Musa (61 KlSzim), poisoned and buried at Kiazimin, near Baghdad ; 8. Ali (6r Eiza), buried at M6Bh-h6d Ali in Khorasan; 9. M&iimmed (61 J6vad), buried at Kiazimin; 10. Ali (6n Naqi), buried at Samara, near Baghdad; 11. ffassaw (61 A8k6ri), buried at Kiazimin ; 12. and MihSmmed (61 M6hdi), who disappeared in his house at Samara, and is to reappear with Christ at the end of the world as final judge. In this sense there can be no more Imams. All these 11 Imams are descendants of Ali, the first Imam and son-in-law of Muhammed. The ^ ^ L^t> Lesson 21. Present Tense Zemant Hal. (jl-j ZSmarA Hal JU- Hall IKhhariyi i]\=- Hall Igtidari JU Halt Mdnfi Jl=. Halt Istifhami Jl=- Halt HikQye Jl=- Halt Bivayit JU- HaM Sharti The Present Tense. Indicative Present. Potential The Negative Interrogative Assertive Narrative Conditional io c^ Exercise 45. te. ^ p. 150. 1. Mr. Ahmed where are you coming from? — I am coming from school, Sir, [but] where are you coming from? — I am coming from taking a walk among the vineyards. 2. Little children! what are you doing there? — We are learning our lesson, sir, we are not sitting idle (empty, in vain § 456). — If you are working at your lessons, bravo for you! 3. Whom you are looking for? — I am looking for the waiter to send him to the market. 4. What were you doing yesterday at four o'clock? — We were doing nothing, we were hungry, we were eating. 5. It is raining very hard now: if you cannot come now, come in a little while, my work is not pressing. 6. Were you calling me? — Yes, I was calling you; come quickly and 54 rt o-ji Lesson 21. o\. take this letter to the post-office. 7. Where is the clerk? — He is in the office, he is working [there]. 8. Have you any news from home^, how are those places this year? (what do you hear?) — Yes, sir, I get a letter every week from my father; (he says) the weather is very irregular ; (he says) every day the weather is getting bad (spoiHng)^; (he says) every day it either rains or snows. i \ <U>- ." Translation 46. » o » i^- p. 151. t;! 4.-.)I -j— ; i^Jul J— j»^ _jl 0 •jI;....^jCj j;Ij; ^4.^___/ ^A) »_i tj «L-.JvL! ej^J eju Oj' 15^ 9X4<L-/J j l^ejji • ^S>™~-4jUj ejy Jja- (^Jl«_-1 dlf I A . j«-jlL ej-J i)jrV>- Oj3 eju- ' (§ VTY) Jl^ jjbj Seading Exerci.se. ( o ) The Use of Animals. Animals are very useful to us. In the first place many of the animals supply our food: we eat the flesh of animals, such as cattle, calves, sheep, goats, lambs and kids ; and of the birds such as the hen, goose^ (^ff^^) and duck. The flesh of game and of fish is used to make some delicious dishes. ' MimUMt country; home. ^ ijl-JJ^ hozoulmaq^ to get, become bad. ' Correct the geese of the text, in the Words No. 7. The Aorist. 56 From the milk of the animals such as the cow, goat, sheep and buffalo are made some delicious dishes: Uke coffee-with- milk, tea-with-milk, rice and milk and madzoun. Besides these butter and cheese are also made from milk. The milk of the she-ass too is much used by the [ancient Arabian and modern Turkish] physicians for the sick. VV ;^^j> Lesson 22. The Aorist p-jl^ Muzari. <ij\J>-\ s^jUm Muzari'yi IkhhariyS cSj|jj5| tjUw Muzari'yi Iqtidari '^ tjU" Muzari'yi M^nfi ij\^\ s-jlii. MAzariyi Istifhami ajl^s. c.jU» Muzari'yi HiUiayi- '^'\jj f-j'^ Miizariyi Bivay^t ijs_jt c.jL,i. Muzari'yi Sharti Indicative Aorist. Potential » Negative » Interrogative » Assertive » Narrative » Conditional » tv ^ Exercise 47. I eV l/" P- 157. 1. At what hour does the teacher come"- to school? — Though he comes every day at 9 o'clock according the Eu- ropean time, yet I don't know whether (that) he will come to- day or not; because I hear that he has a guest in his house. 2. If your teacher comes at that time, please give this book to him; but if he does not come send it back again to me. — Very well, as soon as my teacher comes, I will give your book [to him]; but if he does not come I will send it [back] to you. 3. I know Turkish. I can both read and write, but I can't speak fast; you can both read fluently (like water) and speak well. 4. I have known you since you were three years old; you used to weep incessantly^ and cry and scream. 5. What a pleasant season is spring (season)! every place smiles, the trees blossom (cMcheklenir) ; the roses, hyacinths and other flowers bloom and spread pleasant odours everywhere. 6. The farmers plough and sow in spring and autumn; if they do not plough and sow, they cannot have (gain) anything (in their 1 Tishrif Mmek, to honour; to call on, to come. 2 Hich dourmaz idiH, you never ceased, sloped. 56 rr ltJJ Lesson 22. oT hands) in winter. 7. "Nobody gives any property to anyone without taking the money." tA 4*>-J Translation 48. )o/, ^ p. 158. C^\-^ OtiJ o-UA— jtl e-Aa-jl J^cL, Ol ju J ^J**" i*'-'^* e-^-^ ' j;,pLu <uJ_jl aJ jjLw. Alia ^om • ^jtl ast.> c^^ i fi*' ^^j, eAl-ly^ ejt «-i>-i-^ A«9a ^Ja* • <j'j^ jy.s' (.5«— 'J^ Ol ^§ ^"'"^) • jj^-uJ^<UjU /-« Jaa* • ^jd-j'CUi aJJsI OjI ? ij*— ■^J^*^ iJl^\i f,-!* Reading Exercise. (T) The Yoices of Animals. All the animals have their own peculiar sounds, and there are especial terms to denote those sounds; for instance: The horse whinnies (neighs), the ass brays, the cow mooes (lows), the lion roars, the bear growls, the wolf howls, the dog barks, the fox squeaks with a high voice, the sheep and goat bleat, the cat mews, the cock crows, the hen cackles, the chicken and little birds chirp (peep), the turkey gobbles, the parrot chatters, the pigeon cooes, the nightingale warbles, the duck quacks. ev The Past Tenses. 57 ^^ u^i> Lesson 23. The Past Tenses J.i,U Maziler. cSijji ',_5^L. Maziyi Shouhoudi Categorical Preterite. ^iJ^\ o'^i' Maziyi ITchhariy^ Indicative Past. i5j\jv:5| ^^.iL. Maziyi Iqtidari Potential » tii^ J^^l« *jKj- HXayiyi Maziyi Shouhoudi Assertive » ij=jt XSij^ "y.^U Maziyi Shouhoudiyi Sharti Conditional » Ji; "^j^L. Maziyi Naqli The Dubitative Past. AijLi-1 "JiJ Naqliyi Ikhbariy^ Indicative Dubitative. Iqtidari Potential » Hikiay^ Assertive » i-jbj *Ji; Naqliyi BivayH Narrative » Js^ 'Ji; Naqliyi Sharti Conditional » tSjlJJ^I 'Ji; Naqliyi ijl^a. ^' Naqliyi i \ ^u Exercise 49. iTt ij^ P- 164. 1. N6jib Effendi has started to-day for Constantinople. 2. I wonder when Shakir Effendi set out, do you know? — I have heard that he went yesterday. 3. Yesterday you read your lesson very nicely. I heard about it and was very glad. 4. How thin^ you have grown, what is the matter with you^? — I am sick, for two days I have been suffering from malaria. 5. What have you done, have you taken medicine? — No, I sent word to the doctor ; the children have gone for him ; they have looked and looked for him but could not find him; they have come back without him (bosh). 6. Who had swept this room? — What is the matter? — Whoever has swept it, has not swept it well at all. — Then let the maid come and sweep it over again. — Very well, sir. 7. [I hear that] my father has had a telegram from my mother; she is coming in two days. — Where had your mother been? — She had gone to Smyrna in May. 8. I have a cold^; the doctor told me to perspire*. I did my best to perspire''' but I could not after all. 9. Eat, the more you eat the more appetite you have. 1. a. .-j;.,^ zayif thin. •li.JJuL*»i zayiflenmek. 2. derdin ni? what J8 your affliction, sickness? 3. a. Jjlj.! nivazil, pi. of nezle cold. 4. J ter perspiration, sweat ii>4J__,T terUmek to perspire. 58 ri. u-J-i Lesson 24. oA 0 ♦ A«3- ." Translation 50. ^^o ^ p. 165. • f^J^t,Ai '*>'_)y_ T"^-^ y. (<-"*-—!> cJj— ^^-^ "^ • (_$-U_a- AJy o-Xiiy 1. ii\.«>jj dikmeh to plant; -w^i dikmi plant (§ 301). 2. O'^?^ °'' 6^_;^- 3. ^j_jl ' ^jjj vourmac[ to strike, to kill. 4. a. OiU- s^'atiet prosperity, happiness; jTiU- sa'adHli, se'aditU happy; jL'jL.-, seadetlou is an official title (pp. 247, 260, 460). 5. nasihat etmek, nasihat virmek to advise. 6. a. Mrs, Tchirs: Mrs- lanmaq, Tchirslanmaq, qUmaq to be angry (§ 277). ^^ ^-^C> Lesson 24. The Future Tense J^ii-^ Mustaqbel. «jjLi\ J-ilw. Milstaqbeli ITchhariye Indicative Future. 41 So- J;i— ' Mustaqheli Hikiaye Assertive » ciljj J,j:.,.« Mustaqheli Hivayit Narrative » ^L_^ J-i:_^ Mustaqheli Shartiye Conditional » OA The Future Tense. 69 0\ ^M Exercise 51. S^A u" p. 168. 1. To-morrow we are going among the vineyards. When we see the vineyards we shall be very much delighted. 2. To- morrow is New-Year's-Day, it is the first day of January of the year 1903; the preacher will give us each a gilt top New Testament and two pictures. 3. I am going home now:> where are you going? 4. We wish to go somewhere this summer with the whole family^ — In what direction do you wish to go? 5. We intend to go to the icy and snowy mountains and the thick forests yonder; the houses are very sparse there. I think the major and the colonel too will go there with their whole families. 6. I hear that we cannot go to the forests, my father has given his word to go to another place. 7. If you can come to our house to-morrow, I will stay at home and wait for you. 8. Did you hear? Yesterday the White- Bridge fell; my brother came very near to faU into the water and be drowned. 9. Are you hungry or thirsty or sleepy? 1. Familyajaq: -jaq, -jek is a suffix giving the meaning of 'with the whole, the whole' : evjek with the whole house. Iceoyjek the whole village, obajaq with the whole clan. OY '^*?- ji Translation 52. t"^^ ij^ P- 169. j {iS:>j~^ :>j>-\s) jj-^ (_5ij^'_>^j^ /^^ iSj^"^ '^ C^^S^a^A • 'i^ol SJ\' '>l-- ^j. b^j^f^^^ C^-^l ^^\} '^^ "^ 1. Sazreti Davoud the prophet David (§ 500). 2. hayat ta- riqini the path of life: a. haynt life, a. tarici path. 3. a. iz-har etmek to show; iz-har showing (§ 272). i. a,, roukhsat, izin per- mission. 5. a. ta-am food, meals: ebyUn ta'ami lunch, aklisham ta'ami supper, sabah ta'ami breakfast. 6. a. satir, t. sira line. 7. yazi yaemaq (§ 298). 60 re ,_rji Lesson 25. 1» •JjiCj-aJj) *)^^)l) Ca— Jjljl |3^'*^JJ. i_jo-li) *-*'->j'jJ ^j;^ 1^ (^JijJ Keading Exercise. ( V ) A Sermon of Nasr-ed-din. The reverend Teacher Nasr-^d-din"^ was a unique preacher; a Kke preacher has never come and will not come at all. He never spoke a useless word in all his life, from every word of his a moral is drawn or it is laughed at heartily. If you listen now to this story you will agree with what I say. Once the Teacher went to the mosque, mounted the pulpit, turned his face toward the congregation and spoke aloud in this way: "0 people! 0 Moslems! do you know what wonderful things''' I am to say to you to-day at this [solemn] hour?" The congregation wondered and said: "No, Teacher, how could we know without your telling (us)'?" The Teacher said in reply: "If you do not know what I am going to tell you, go and learn and (then) come!" The next Friday the Teacher again begins to preach and again asks the same question. This time the congregation in- tending to behave wisely, all shout together, saying: "Yes, Teacher, we know, we know!" The Teacher was very much offended at their rudeness and said: "Since you say you know (what I am about to say), then go out, let not my eye see you more," and coming down from the pulpit he departed and went away quickly (§ 286). ^® ^^> Lesson 25. The Optative Tense ^\'ji\ Iltizanii. ajjLs-I '1_5.lJv.ll lUizamiyi IKhhariiji Indicative Optative. Ajl^a. '^.IJUI Iltieamiyi Miktayi^ Assertive » 1 Who lived in the XV. century, in the reign of Sultan Baye/id I. and Timur-leng (Bajazet, Tamerlane) and is buried in Aq Sh^hir, in the province of Qonya. 2 „^ify § 172. 3 § 333. It The Optative Tense. 61 Of ,AZ Exercise 68. »Yi. i> p. 174. f^" 1. Would that I had money, I would buy"^ that mansion^. 2. Come friends, let us go out and learn our lessons together : will it not be well? 3. It will be very well; let me go and get leave from the teacher and come. 4. Let me go and give some paras as alms to this poor man ; would that I had money and could give some more paras: may his hearth be lighted! he is very poor. 5. I too should like to give him at least^ a few paras, but I cannot. (1 have it in my heart but not in my hand). 6. If your nephew had learnt reading and writing he would by this time have made a great deal of money; but the misfortune is this that if he sees an elif he takes is for a beam, and if he sees a be he takes it for a cup. 7. I have worked hard to-day, I am tired through writing incessantly. 8. Did you not drink water; health be to you! — May your life be long (thank you), Sir ! 9. I am going to school very gladly. 10. My eyes have got tired through reading continually. Oi <W>-j Translation 54. )ye ^ja p. n5. J^Xjf^ ' i<;:>^xJ »>- -^J*; ^^} ^ ' ^^^^J '-^'^ ''^■^J — ? ^ Ls^^sCjf j^LjT \ ! ^s-^J Vjl oib_j; jCt^ A ' l5-^!»s qonmaq to rest, to halt, to stay: the Noun of Location is qonaq § 449. ^ jlT o_^tU ' jl* Cn^U are both allowable. ^ Change euera of the text to at least. * The first person singular of the Optative. Sdveyim, yazayim is commonly pronounced sSviyim, yaziyim. Therefore are pronounced as oqouyotim'mou, ni diyiyim? sabr Miyim etc. Oqouyayim mi? diyeyim mi? sabr ddSyim etc. ^ a. fevt et." to miss (§ 272). ^ § 338. ' a. qaboul et." to accept (§ 272). ^ Undeniz (§ 499). ' a. Jewa'St ^Jiafe God. 62 r^ u'J^ Lesson 26. "If • >l Jkii iiyy_ ej_j^ Or>^ ^ ^ • ilft~J'U'*-^-j -^j' >-^ j^i^ V*^ ^j^^L> Lesson 26. The Suppositive Tense (Subjunctive). K~^^ ' «JLii\ Inshayiye, Farziye (zhnani) Subjunctive. 4-^j Jl=- Hali Farziyi Suppositive Present. •^_/ JU- "■ U. Menfiyi Halt Farziyi Negative » «L-,iy '■,_.^L. '*_J;__,s <.iK.=. Maziyi FarziyS Suppositive Past. 4-i_;S c^\jj BivayUi Farziye Narrative Suppositive. 0 0 ^Z Exercise 55. tVA ij^ p. 178. 1. If I come to your house, vi'ill you take me in? What do you say, may I come or may I not? 2. If I come to-morrow morning to your house, can you go with me to the doctor's? — I think I can go; but if you come to-day towards evening, then also I can go. 3. If you had bought this mansion last year, you would have bought it cheaper. 4. If they had taken hold of my hand I would not have fallen. 5. If you had or- dered a cup of coffee with milk we should have gladly drunk it. 6. If Mr. Vahan comes, [please] let me know, I am up- stairs. 7. Would that I had time to spare: then I would sit and talk with you. 8. If my cousin had saved^ money he might have gone to Constantinople with us. 9. If you learn to read and write you may become a Bey and an Effendi: if you do not learn you will be a porter. 10. Would that I had drunk that medicine; if I had drunk it, I should have recovered' long ago. O'V A*>-Ji Translation 56. 1V^ o^ p. 179. ' chaghirin'jaya qadar (§ 433). ^ para artirmaq to save money. ' eyiUshmeJc. "*•" The Suppositive Tense. 63 'i-.Jja Us <ui3 j; oSljjl o ■ «l]j._j^ ^^1^ o-J^. (iJ'lJjl J^-ojl) j^jijj,i>- dl) ^_,«al« ^1 111, ^l_} (fjjj^l ^_j| J».e_)ji) ijjul • |-»5Cs-4ji <1^4j All ejiA_....,rCi ^_j3jI ■\ . fjjj I Js-Jjl ^jS' • fjjil JjL;<»:U eib^; ' t^Jol JA^IjI J:bl e3lj_^_ _^jl _fl ^ j.j^l jvj — ? j?C~..^jjJjjb /"uJI o_jw' -^-'i j: tiJ^CiS ^ • kJl^l,9 i^a) Beading Exercise. (A) A Sermon of Nasr-ed-din. (Continued.) The congregation was very anxious to know what the Teacher would say ; therefore, after a good deal of consultation as to how they could catch the word from the mouth of the Teacher, they decided that, if once more he got into the pulpit and asked they would say, "Some of us know, others do not know." For the third time the Teacher ascends the pulpit and asks: "0 my brethren, do you know what I will say to you to-day?" All the congregation shouted with one voice (mouth) once: "Some of us know, others do not." The Teacher said: "What a nice thing! since you know, then let those who know among you teach those who do not know." He said this and being offended he came down from the pulpit, left [the mosque] and went out. 1 a. ihtiyaj need, want. 2 a. istimal it." to use (§ 272). 2 § 677. 64 rv u-jj Lesson 27. Tt ^V ^^j> Lesson 27. jj^j The Necessitative Tense. J, ,a.j Vujoubi Necessitative Tense. AjjUi-l liy^j Viijonbiyi Ikhtariyi Indicative Necessitative. iJ|j=-j 'U. Menfiyi Vujoubi Negative » iij^j "^yljii-l Istifhamiyi V'Ajoubi Interrogative » iij>-j <jli>r=. Hiktayeyi Vujouhi Assertive » i^,y^J '^-'\jJ Hivayiti Vujoubi Narrative » (J|_ja.j «.J»^ Shartiyeyi VAjoubi Conditional » OV ,Jijm Exercise 57. (Ar !>> p. 183. f^ 1. Although my father wrote that he vrould come this v?eek, yet he has not been able to come; he must undoubtedly have had an engagement. 2. Though I heard that Marcus vras a good pupil, yet there must be a mistake. 3. Children must work, and they must work very hard. i. Whatever you do, do it before it is too late (one hour before). 5. In order to prevent sickness, men must neither eat nor drink too much. 6. You must do whatever I bid you: whatever I order you to write, you must do it immediately: do you hear? 7. What had we to do? — You ought to have put on your shoes immediately and gone out. 8. What had they to buy? — They had to buy two inkstands, one quire of paper and a box of pencils. 9. Has your friend anything to do? — He has a letter to write. 10. I have a horse to sell. He has a paper to read (§ 394, 408). OA A<>.>.Ji Translation 58. lAt ^^^ p. 184. JC-ji j1_ . (?jj^illcl, ^) ? ^J,lcl i Y . (should t^JoJ "" The Necessitative Tense. 65 u/'ojJj. fijj.^5 — (ja,l L^iSl ^-u-iJU of oyy. i\S' ' J-^jV ^*^Jl>. ofuyy_ iLiT jJi) jj,l U=:SI ^^.t^JLlU ' (^j^lj ' (^oij £jj^) . ^j^3V (^--ujtj (>-ol> oij; dl:-==5Cfi) f"w^ Aiiljj) "v . jjJUVUL j_jCj!ojj-»i_j9 ^sjjjjjs — (jj^lj ' ji ilT' ji ^-b ' j-ujV U^u-r) uuJ^jr' Ojl — C? ^ tl^ I j9 j^Jlso Eeadingr Exercise. ( ^ ) The Marriage of the Teacher. ^ The honourable Teacher Nasreddin Effendi was a widower, therefore he was anxious to marry a second time. It is cus- tomary among the Moslems for males not to see the faces of women. The women cover their faces immediately when they see a strange male. ' Teacher Nasr-6d-din, par excellence. Key to the Turkish Conv. -Grammar. 5 66 rA u'ji Lesson 28. Tt The Teacher's friends found for him an extremely ugly woman and deceived him by saying that she was beautiful. As soon as the woman came home, the Teacher unveiled her face and saw [that], what a wonder ! She was very ugly, simply a piece of charcoal. His soul was very much oppressed (squeez- ed), but he did not say anything (he was silent). The next day when our honourable Teacher was leaving home, the woman asked him with a proud air, saying: "'My dear, as you are going now, please tell me to whom I must unveil myself and to whom not." The teacher answered : "Well, woman, for your life's sake^, please do not unveil yourself to me, and you may unveil your face to whomever you hke," and he could scarcely get rid of her. YA ;^^t> Lesson 28. The Participles J-s 9-} Feri Feel. Jtii |_-| Ismi Fayil Subjective Active Participle. Jj»i. p-«| Ismi Mifoul Subjective Passive Participle. a1^ Xi-,.3 StygM'yi SUe Objective Active or Passive Participle. J_j.<;_y. p-_| Ismi Mevsoul Declinable Objective Participle or Substantive Participle (Part, used as Sub.). JjlLj^ Tatbiqat Comparison. (Turkish Characters.) )A^ ^-^ p. 189. -^J>T->r *J'-'^5^' tii.j'-'J^ ^ -J^sj/^C^T ^IfiiJ^-^ ^ ^f6jjf ^ • pij/ ^oT oVj)i 6yj. ^ji » • jUVji j^\r • ^^' J. J^b^J ^~>} J. ^ • »l)l J, j'.5jv5C-, Jj) W- Y . j_^jl5 J, ^Njjl oil jl ^ • • {^^y^j^ J^UjjL ^-,jl) ^yfCj^ J^^^\>j\ |J--jl ^ ' dinifli smirsetl or jawi?!^ stvhshi. ^y The Participles. 67 0^ ^Ju> Exercise 59. ♦^♦l^ p. 190. 1. I like sensible (whose sense is in their head) people. I am not pleased with useless people. 2. Who is pleased with those people who always leave their work [and] occupation and walk idly^? 3. A boy who obeys his father and loves his nnother is always loved. 4. Those who have a lovable nature are loved by everybody, but those who have unpleasant, nasty natures are pleasing to nobody. 5. "The promising boy is known in his childhood." "The promising horse is known when a colt." 6. Where were you last year, and where will you go next summer? — Last year I went to Yenije, near Merzifoun, and this year I have nowhere to go. * f»r* Exercise 60. ^^♦ u^ p. 190. 1. Who was it who told you this matter? — It was a merchant from Csesarea who came here yesterday. 2. I saw a tree full of fruit in the vineyard, but the fruit was not in an edible state. 3. I know a great many children who have eaten unripe fruit and are now lying sick, they are suffering from fever. 4. If it is something that I am able to do (comes from my hand) I will do it, not otherwise. 5. It is God Most High who keeps us from all evils visible and invisible. 6. Does your knife cut? — I have a sharp (cutting) knife, a dull axe and a sharp adze. 7. If you can show me the fordable spot in the river I shall be much obhged. 8. Are there any sick among you? — ■ 9. Please put some boihng water into the food. 10. Peace be to the souls of your ancestors! 11. What kind of a man is Mr. Lucas ? — Worthless, he is the chief of idlers. AN <U>-ji Translation 61. ^^^ ,j<» p. 191. •i^jjl yj^ji 4_-»jS y.?'^ o-^' '^^-J C^ '^-'^ ^ xr=" ^■>^ ^'^fx "-^JJ-J' t/li^ — ^->'-^ '^^^ ■->'-' y^ ^ • UmUl UmU\ idly (§ 458). 68 r^ ijr'ji Lesson 29. TA ^-^^ ^^i-i^ ^ ■ "J-^sj;, f»^ jr. *^V-^ ^^^ — '^t/*-''-' •J'5_^. il--^^' o^i^ '^^^=~ iSJ-^ ' C"^' Jy*- — '^->-V^- o'-^^''^'^-'' ^^ 1^ f»JbJ Reading Exercise. ( » ♦ ) To hang flour on a line. A useless neighbour who did not pay his debts and did not know his limits {i. e. conceited), once appealed to the Teacher and said imploringly : "Dear Teacher, the women of our house- hold are washing clothes, will you kindly lend us the clothes- line to hang out the clothes?" — "Very good, my dear boy, you are welcome, it is nothing at sJl, it is no trouble, but un- fortunately the women of our house too have hung flour on the line" said the Teacher. The other not yet understanding the affair, persisted and said, "What are you saying. Teacher, is it possible to hang flour on a line?" The Teacher answered sharply: "Fellow! why do you not understand. Since I have no wish to lend it (I don't wish to give), I will hang not only flour on the line but even water." By saying this he get rid of the importunate beggar [lit. the headache). ^^ ^J:> Lesson 29. The Participles. (Continued.) CiiA-iaT Tatbiqat Comparison. (Turkish Characters.) )^o (j^ p. 195. jy^ (^jl5Co4jjij.^ t c ji ei»jj k_jjX.KL4 jujJjl ^^% ^J^^3^ ^ • hadd limit, silf; the very self. ^^ The Participles. 69 OH-iaT Tatbiqat Comparison. (Turkish Characters.) T'" ^y p. 200. AT-^i mJJIj Yb . i^.Xj>y_^ *jj~ il,a,*iji jjjl ^«.i dJ.'ijl Ya . * v_y__5 AY ^" Exercise 62. r.) u^ p. 201. 1. The watch which you had given. The wheat which I had ground. The lesson which I had to learn. The coffee which the gentlemen had to drink. 2. The house which the Christian merchants had to sell. The horse which the noble- men had bought. 3. The coffee-cup which I brought was on the table, did you ever take it? 4. Do you know what is the thing which Houseyin Qalfa had to speak to me about? — No, Sir, I don't know anything of what he had to say. 5. Because of your being my pupil. 6. On account of their not paying they were imprisoned. 7. The pupils were reproved because of their not being able to repeat their lesson. 8. "Halt on this side of the village which you cannot reach." 70 r^ u'J^ Lesson 29. Y» "\f ft-i* Exercise 63. r*t ^ p. 201. 1. I could not see him coming. The garden in which they were walking is my mother-in-law's. 2. I heard that the bed on which they were to lie, was of grass. 3. Do not forget what I tell you. i. Where is the knife with which I cut the meat? — It is in the cupboard where the meat is. 5. Do you know the guests who are to come to our house next week ? 6. When I come to-morrow, I wish to see everything finished. 7. Instead of walking with such bad companions, go and keep company with good ones. 8. When the bell rang in the school, every- body was going to bed. 9. Cities built near volcanoes^ are always in fear of earthquakes. Do not tell anybody what you saw and what you are about to see. 11. As soon as I collect the money which your uncle owes me I will pay my debt to you. 1 1 '^fts-Ji Translation 64. r ♦ r i_^ p. 202. ' Yanar dagli burning mountain, volcano. — - Iskend^r Alexander. M-endMi/i' Alexandria. Isk^nd^roun Alexandretta. V) The Participles. 71 ■\0 A*>-Ji Translation 65. r^ft^ p. 202. •J^O^bl _j^« alijiJuLjSji ^A (S_)\> Jj' (>£i^l j_^_j^^ i-ijjl ^ ^j>l 1 j.^U' Reading Exercise. ( n ) oliU J^lj.! (iJri j; 6V ^S^h'-iy. if~l}'^^f^J^ C5i<^-^ 1 Tell us. "■ a. ifira^ itmih to object. \ \ 72 r» u-ji Lesson 30. vr ^* ^-^^ Lesson 30. J«u.-^ aLiIj Gerunds. The names given by the Turkish Grammarians to some of the Gerunds {BabUa Siy-gheUr) : ]. o_*i.lr <i.rfi SiyghSyi T&hbihiy^ -v-^*- 4a. 5. 6 a. i-3j]i Siyghiyi <jjj7 "•..L^ Slygheyi K^\s:i\ XiL^ SiygMy 8. ;^-^0' J^ '^'^ Siygheyi 9. ^U ii.«j Siygheyi 11. OL^Il <i..v5 Siygheyi 12. 4_) . ii-^ SiyghSyi 13. 4_ilat «ji-rfj Siygheyi Zarfiyi Tivqitiye Iptidayiyi yasarjasxna. yasdiqda. yazdtqja. yazali. HaU TSrTcibi yasaraq. Liyaqat yazasi. Intihaijiyi yazinja. Sebebiye yazdightndan. Atfiye yagzp. "W f^Aai Exercise 66. r«Aij^ p. 208. Proverbs. Jb.1 s^jji:> Douroubou Mmsal. 1. Wood by remaining for a long time in the water be- comes ebony (abaniz), a servant by remaining for a long time in the house becomes your father (bahaniz). 2. [Water] by con- tinually dropping becomes a lake. 3. By asking continually Baghdad is found. 4. Before the thick one feels it (thins), the life of the thin one goes out. 5. While water is coming (before water comes) into the pool, the frog's eye bursts. 6. Before the rich man is wiUing to do a thing^, the poor man expires^ (his work is finished). 7. The ant [is judged] according to its abihty {qartnja qadrtnja). 8. When he found death [approaching] he was content with sickness. 9. Economize when you are in abundance (in your width) that you may live comfortably in strai- tened (narrow) circumstances. 10. The flea is [found] on the dog {itdS) but money on the brave young man. 11. Young people (youth) have no God. 12. The words (proverbs) of ancestors are like silent guns, as soon as they strike they kill. 13. The lazy man resembles the ostrich: when he comes to be loaded (to the burden) he says he is a bird, when the turn olounjayadek or olounjaya qadar. — - a. fouqara (pi. of faqir). ^^t" Gerunds. 7S comes for food he says he is a camel. 14. The dog barks, [but] the caravan passes. 15. There is no power (way) to prevent the happening of events, everything goes to its fate. 16. Walls have ears. 17. It is better to keep alert (to watch) than to sleep and dream horrible dreams (§ 298). "W A*>.J)" Translation 67. r««k^ p. 209. *rl> T • CiS^-J Cjj<^) ^sS'^ — , ^A (^f Ji:>'^\ '^yi^J* ^ ' '^•^l) JjJiJ-^b' J-O ^ '^i'i\ ->-*■* -MAys^Ji^^ 4.14.") ls&-,ji • (ji-c.< J t^ar) (i-j-'-^"^ ^j-ii^- Vr-^'^liv-Ji^-''^ (f->'-^^ jj'-'' ° ■dalL; <ui _;!> 4^'y- 0'„->JI__y^". Y ^^j,::5' ^rJClr ^_j:j 4.;iT"v f-*' j! '^^ •^'«!>^l 45d.^'r(_^b (_^3j_ji5_jl Jj^L:^ 4.9-lil ^jil • (§ TAT.) j_$3j^__j ^J3 0-b-liT ji *>.l^ ^'I'liJ-' J^i^- (ij; OJdjjia O-^'—'iil) wJ_5 — 'j9 ij->-^^— '^Jjl dii) ,A ^(3^^ 4.9-Li.) \ OSJ 4i <!?; uiia-« 45=lJL «5C>-"d_j3 ij-'^'-^' iri A-- • I— «ijA 4i>^ U'. ' ^ '(-^-^^ «,j;~5C^<tJjl ^^^J (j«pAJ T) <i5i;^joT 4«b ^jl • -UJ;.^ (jjj 4) 4s=:.|S^3_j>. li ) ij54J 4|S^ jJlJI ,9 ^»JU) Reading Exercise. ( ^ r ) The Distinction between Man and Beast. The distinction between man and the beasts is in speech and in reading and writing. Man is much nobler in creation than the beasts. Beasts have instinct. For instance, as soon as the ' a. sukM it." to be silent. — ^ ziyaret et." to visit; to call on. 74 r( (j-J-s Lesson 31. VH. dog sees his master he recognizes him, rejoices and begins to wag his tail. As I can speak I can make other people understand my condition, but as the poor dog and other animals are deprived of speech they cannot state their condition as I can (like me). I can walk holding erect my body, (as) I can turn my head in every direction and I can raise it to the sky too, but other animals cannot do so. There are in man the senses of seeing, hearing, touching with the hands and other members, tasting and smelling. A.;L. mab'ad Continuation. The beasts too have these senses, some of the animals see and smell better than even man [can] do. I know that I can walk with my feet, I can hear with my ears, I can eat with my mouth, [and] I can smell with my nose. But a beast does not know and performs everything without knowledge (knowing). 1 can think of everything because I have intellect (on account of my having intellect). For instance: 1 understand why a door, a window and a hearth are necessary for a house, why glass is put in the windows, why handles are put on a vessel. I distinguish why leather is used to make out-of-door boots, and why iron and rags are not used. 1 know that I must (it is necessary to) obey my mother, father and teachers and I must not listen to my wrong desires and inclinations. Professor Naji (1850—1894). ^^ u^^^ Lesson 31. Nouns and Adjectives derived from Verbs. A}~i« LjL.i«5 SifSti Mushehbihe Verbal Adjective. J.\^ SSmaiji Irregular (form). 0-L5 Qiyasi Regular (form). yj^: (V--1 Ismi Tafzil Noun of Excess. ijlx^ |V~.| Ismi Mekian Noun of Location. ^\'\ p.-l Ismi AUt Instrumental Noun. w ,,-U Exercise 68. r t o j^^ p. 215. 1. Verbal Adjectives. I. ^Jijyi- churul- rotten, ^y-j^ sovouq cold. >lALiil ishUk working smoothly. j>C=>l islaq wet. ili::_,| istek desire. >i-Uuj Ve Nouns and Adjectives derived from Verbs. 75 diUh request. ijb_jj boiidaq a linot (in timber), ilJjjl urlcek timid, shy. II. ^5:^' acMq open. jj3_^ bozoiiq spoilt. ^jJj\ artiq re- mainder. ,_3.;il;jl ouyanlq alert, smart. -IXM ilik marrow. ,3-i)jlj bartsMq mutual peace. iJjjU sariq turban. J.;L i/amq burnt; doleful, 'ii^ siKk vi-ipeddown; worn smooth. jJ;l Uiq lukewarm, jlijij.} qorqaq timid; coward. jUli qachaq fugitive. i!_j.Tjjl ebr- tuh shut. 'tX~^Msik cut. Jj^s g^w-jj broken. III. o.^'^Jj; yorghoun tired. o^Jjj dolghoun full; plump. Ojilb dalghin absent-minded. (j_j.i)jl olghoun ripe. CrtiiLi shash- qin stupid. Cax-T S:esJ;im keen. ilniLj yilghin frightened. 3. Verbal Nouns. VI. J \ alim act of taking, buying. -JUj sa/«m selling. Jl «iim a charge (powder), ^jiy youdoum a mouthful, ^j biohim shape, cut; fashion. Ju.j dilim slice, sherd. |j_^.« s^i'iwi loving. fjjj>-j\ ouchouroum precipice. £_^ji_i yUdirim thunderbolt. VII.; IV. c^li ' _^;Li yapou, yapi building. jljl eolA debt j_ji.jl '_ji-jl eblchu measure. ^L bilgi knowledge. S^.J vergi gift; tax. jijj\ &rtu cover. {^yyj\) _j.i;jl ouyqou sleep. ji\i ' lili ' _j:J qapoii, qapi door. jJ-A^ chizgi line. i/-j-!a ' i^=-J.5 doghoii rising (of the sun). JL bati setting (Of the sun). XI. jVli yalaq a trough (for dogs). S^>ji youn'naq bath; laundry. jlTl foaiag quagmire. jb_ji=jl otouraq a seat, a halt. ^jlijS qonaq halt, mansion. '^^ -.JuJ Exercise 69. m u^ p. 216. 1. The direction [in the heavens] in which the sun rises is called the east, and the direction in which the sun sets is called the west. 2. Did you whet your knife? — If we had a whetstone, I would whet it. 3. Do you fear death? — Though I am tired of this life, yet I do not wish to die. 4. How is 76 rt ^J'Ji Lesson 31. VT business in the market? — It is not at all good, there are no business transaction, and no gain, nobody can borrow from another [even] ten paras. 5. You seem very happy to-day, what is the matter? — I have got a letter from a dear friend of mine, therefore I am in great joy. 6. I did not like your suit of clothes, it has no style (cut) at all, it is quite out of fashion^, who cut it out and sewed it? 7. 1 could not eat anything yesterday. I ate only a slice of bread and drank two sips of water. 8. If the flavour of the tobacco which you smoke is good, give me a pipeful of tobacco (a smoking enough for a pipe), fl. Do not drink intoxicating hquors. I know a drunkard that threw himself down a precipice into the sea. The current took and carried him away, and afterwards they found (took out) his dead body. 10. Have you a charge of gunpowder?^' — You are very forgetful, a httle while ago I told you that I had not. V ♦ A*>-J Translation 70. m ij^ p. 216. dJ^ljl? • 4.11 r=Jj3jl e,_)\i i;SiJ4lZj\i • ^^S^o-aXJ '^ Csz^ji, j l?C-. ' JljlL 2-u; j_^J ' dill :>j^ ^1 0-)^-^jU ^ • jj5 ''j'^j^ Jj=- • ^.:-jjl| harit. ^^ ojjl barout. — ^ a. nasihat advice, — ^ a. mesarif expense. — ^ tgmog to kneel down (said of camels). — ' amoKjayu'i com. dmmiyin. — " Jsl__,.. niiraql}. — '' ismarlamaq to order. — " i/(i^2n summer residence, pasturage. VY Prepositions. 77 Jl^\^ jt-U Beading Exercise. ( ir) An Anecdote JLateefe. One day a man from the neighbourhood came to the Teacher and said: "Please Teacher, be kind enough to lend me the donkey that I may go to the village Ur6gil and come back." The Teacher said: "It is nothing at al], my child; but the donkey is not at home, he has gone to the mountain for wood." While the man was going out of the gate, lo ! the donkey brayed in the stable. — "But the donkey is braying in the stable" says the neighbour. The Teacher with great indifference, feigning anger; said: "What a funny man you are; you beheve the braying of the donkey in the stable; but you do not beheve the word of a reverend man with a white beard (me, with my white beard)!" J. ^^ o^i> Lesson 32. ^ 3^ Prepositions. (Continued.) S\ jvA^ Exercise 71. rr) ^^ p. 221. 1. Some birds leave us before the winter and come back to us in the spring. 2. There is none more beautiful among all the birds than the peacock. 3. The Ottomans remained (or waited) before the old city of Constantinople 56 days. 4. The enemy fled during the night. 5. There were many wounded among them. 6. He took me to the top of a very high mountain and seated me on a stone. 7. The thief went around the house and as soon as he saw us he hid himself behind the wall. 8. I have been for you [during] these eight days (since eight days I am looking for you). 9. The English army was marching towards the enemy very slowly (§ 456). 10. Be kind towards the poor, they are always with you. 11. The servunt brought apples instead of pears. 12. The teacher was very angry with Zenobia about the lie which she told. 13. The soldiers intercepted him and surrounded him in front, on the flank and behind. 1 4. We cannot hear anything about the war. 15. There is no difference beyond the grave between the king and the beggar. 16. Have you anything to say about what Mrs. Mania has said being true or not being so? 78 rr ltJ-i I^esson 32. VA VY A*=-Ji' Translation 72. rrr ^ p. 222. ijj9- i.Js-"C.O sjt~u eJIji5- O )^ 5»- J; ^ * (juJv^jXil 151) JCi5d3_v_j O^J-UJI A— s- i_J>-^=- oj; Oj3^ (^34-Jr 4 .«_S eVtjl IJl&U o-J"-^' ^Cj, 'j3 oX^\^\ iiji>-\^l }fZ_}\ i]y^ ^'f- . ((^slljl ^Ij^U VV A*>-J Translation 73. rrru^ p. 222. •(^J-'jl JU iieilj iJiW jj-*; 'C:-- .^Jtxi oi-u-jl Jj_^Jj»- (^j' .Woie. The words overlined are prepositions. — 1 eda et." to pay § 272. — 2 naqtinda, hnasinda, during. — * a. dakhil, p. d^- roun, t. ich within. — ■> a. muhtSriq ol." to be burnt (§ 273). — ^ a. kliarij, p. hiroun, t. disharl without, outside. ^^ Prepositions. 79 OJ5 O JJ^^ '^'i "^ -j^-lIIS u-ist; e-UdT Oi^L o'.jl' '^ • jff.I<Gj5 iSj'J^ ^J--^^ o? ^c^J.*-^) jjjT ^ ^ tJl^i |_^ i^^J Reading Exercise. ( I >>. ) The Village Room (a) ^.--iLjl ^^jT As soon as winter comes, as is the custom in every part of tlie Protected Countries of His Majesty, in tlie village of Mounjousoun too, wiiicli is near Csesarea, every evening as soon as the darkness sets in, when the villagers see the smoke of the chimneys {ojaq) they gather in the room of the bailiff and often sit as late as midnight. They drink coffee and they smoke tobacco [cigarettes], hookahs and (tobacco-)pipes (choitbouq). They tell stories and amuse themselves. The smoke of the cigarettes, hookahs and pipes fills the whole (space of the) room, (so thick) that nobody can see any one else; but pleasure comes out of that too. The roots of trees burn on the hearth with a crackling and crashing sound. The heat of the hearth on one side, the heat of the stable from another side and the heat of talk from another side warm [men's] hearts, [so that] they do not feel the outside cold. Sometimes however the talk comes to an end; then all together with one mouth cry: "^'0 dear, how cold it is to-day!" ' Chapan Oghlou was a feudatory in the province of Angora till the middle of last century. — ^ qovoulmag, tard idilmek to be driven out. — ' sou time (used pi. in this sense). 80 rr ^j-jj Lesson 33. A» The severer the winter is the happier are the villagers. In the v^rarm stable-room they praise one man's bufTalo, another's horse, another's ox and another's govs'. Sometimes, too, if the weather is favourable, some of them go to the city and come back loaded with news from every quarter of the world, from east and west, from south and north. [To be continued.] ^"^ u^t^ Lesson 33. JU :>ji.l) ^J^ Adverbs. a. ^_jli sarf Adverb. a. JU. hal Adverbs of Manner. a. (j^J ^J^ garfi zeman >■ >> Time. Note. Hal means 'state, condition', in Grammar it is used in three senses: 1. case (of declensions), pi. ahval cases; 2. the present tense of verbs; 3. adverb, especially the adverb of manner. VI ^»" Exercise 74. tta^ p. 228. (^ ^ '* 1. How many graduates of Anatolia College were there last year? 2. I will reach Amassia on Thursday and start for Tocat next day. 3. For a while our business was very good but it soon deteriorated. 4. You call me incessantly, what have you to say to me? 5. Hassan Effendi has no reasonable work: all that he does is useless (good for nothing). 6. You sit the whole day idle, you pass your time uselessly. 7. From what place was that gentleman who was here a minute ago? 8. I awake every day at dawn, and go to bed two hours after sunset. 9. The time which falls between noon and morning is called [in Turkish] qousMouq, the time between noon and evening is called ikindi (afternoon) and the time two hours after sunset is called ijatsi^. 10. I am not joking I am speaking in earnest, do you hear? 11. It rains as it should^. 12. "Freely you have received freely you must give^." 13. Will you pay your debt at last*? tell me. — Certainly, of course I will pay^. ^ yatsou, yatsi the time for going to bed, like the curfew of old Norman rulers. — ^ g^rek, ger^yi ijibi as is necessary (§ 465). — ' mdjjnmn is Arabic (§ 682), the Turkish would be jdba aldiniz, jaba virifiiz. — * nihayH. — ' they are used together for emphasis. ^ ' Adverbs. 81 VO 4»s-j; Translation 75. rr^ i>> p. 228. - ->»»-4Jjl_j) oiljji oXSj »t 4j<J3 O^ 1^9 ^Z Reading Exercise. ( ♦ e ) The Tillage Room (b) ^^jl ^^ They seat the man who went to the city that evening beside the fireplace, they serve him with the best of the hookahs and the cream of the coffee (the best part). He himself too begins to relate [the story] with great dignity and authority (with great care) and every body listens to him hanging on his mouth in silence. One day, (in one of those days, in 1638) two of the villagers leave the village together: one of them goes to Csesarea and the other to Talas, a village one hour's journey beyond Csesarea. The former (of these) is four hours' distance from the vDlage and the latter four hours and a half. The next evening every one, as soon as he heard (took) the sound of the mortar ' haqtqatM § 682. ^ vad et." to promise § 272. ' itibar good name, honour. * ghayh it." to lose § 272. ^ mouameU it " to act. " teklifsizJS without ceremony. ' mirqoumi she § 678. s exact. Key to the Turkish Conv. -Grammar. 6 82 rt u-J-^ Lesson 34. Af (in which coffee is pounded) ran and filled the room of Bailiff Ghiji. The room was soon choke-full. [To be continued.] ^^ u^^ Lesson 34. Conjunction ^U& <J^ Harfi Atif. Vl f^JjJ Exercise 76. rrr ^^ p. 233. 1. Paper and pen, horse and donkey '^j donkey and mule. 2. I heard that you could neither read nor write, is it true? (is it so?) ■ — No, sir, they have told you wrongly, I both read and write. 3. Don't wait standing by the door [like a pillar], you must either come in or go out. 4. He is very poor, he has not even a ten para piece in his pocket. 5. At what hour shall I come to your house to-morrow? — Come in the morning or in the evening. I shall be at home all day. 6. Neither you nor your brother came to school yesterday: where were you? 7. Although we got ready to come [to school] and even started yet suddenly my father got ill. 8. Although I owe you about ten pounds, yet I have no money to pay you. 9. Since you have no money, give me an acknowledgment. VV Exercise 77. m ij> p. 234. 1. My dear brother, although you promised to give me a book if I came early, yet you have not given it. i. Your father came to us yesterday, be stayed awhile and afterwards he went to church with my mother. 3. I called him repeatedly [but] he did not come: perhaps he was sick. 4. I am not as good as I wish to be, and you are not as bad as others say. 5. I am ignorant, but I know my ignorance; but you don't know that you are ignorant. 6. While I am drinking my coffee you must prepare your lesson. 7. Tea is not used in Germany as much as it is used in England. 8. As you have promised to be more attentive, I will forgive you. 9. You must neitlier come to our house nor must I come to yours. 10. "[To be] either bald-headed Hassan or Hassan the bald-headed are the same." 11. Whether rich or poor, or wise or ignorant, all will die some day. 1:2. Nobody knows except me. ' ^_S^« ' ^}^'- mirkeb (in the cities), and g&liik (in the villages) are used for elegance and politeness. ^^ Conjunction. S3 VA -U-jf Translation 78. rr^ ^ p. 234. _5 J,. (j"^j' Cj*-»- *5^jj>- K*j^ 4jsij^.o sr.5_j "\ • Jj3 jUljl • ('u:^l 1-9 j^ '*i'^jt"'. i^^'^^i '^f^J^^'^ ^J>j* ij-ijjl (I,Ls>-) ji " ' > - - ... V^ A*=>- .")' Translation 79. rro ;_^ p. 235. — jj5vjij;jl ijjs- JJSj) Oj»e-J '** • '^l) J'j— ,_j5Ca-4,K^C-9.J "^j "^ ^ eddum patladi, ebdUm qopdou (my gall-bladder burst) I was ready to die with fear. ^ Jina'ti Allah, RaVb the Lord, God. ^ 6«wa ^f." to build § 272. 6* 84 ro i_rji Lesson 35. A't • ^J^<uJui ^i) jjjl JU9 iyil iJi^'J ^-j' ^ ' ^\fi rt-Jlai Reading Exercise, (n) The Village Room (c) ^^j\ ^f Sergeant Kebnes wlio had gone to Csesarea was sitting on the right side of the fireplace, while Captain Qoubour who had been to Talas was sitting by the left side. One was smoking a pipe the other a nargile (hookah). After everybody had finished drinking coffee and smoking their cigarettes, so comple- ting their enjoyment (when all were enjoying themselves), the owner of the room, Bailiff Ghiji addressed Sergeant Kebnes with very great^ respect'' and said: — "Now my dear Sergeant Kebnes, you are welcome. Tell us, please, what is going on in the city (what is there and what not). What you have eaten and drunk keep for yourself, whatever you have seen tell us!" — "My dear Bailiff Ghiji, what do you think I saw in the city yesterday. Something alDsolutely unimaginable!" said Ser- geant Kebnes. — "Good news, let us hope! I wonder what it is? Boys, hold your tongues and listen !" commanded the Bailiff. Every- body being all eyes and ears (paying full attention) looked at him (at his face). [To be continued.] ^® U'^^'> Lesson 35. Interjections L\; ^^ Harfi Mda. A ♦ rt-i* Exercise 80. rrV ^j= p. 237. 1. If you have prepared your translation, good for you! (a thousand bravos to you); if you have not, woe unto you! 2. Halloo boy ! get out of the way, the horses will trample on you. 3. Halloo! [take care!] get out of the way. 4. Take care! go away from in front of the horses. 5. Halloo Hassan, come ' ffviiel ade extraordinary (§ eTl'). — 2 hurmit respect, honour- Ac Interjections. 85 here, tell us who is this woman y — She is Lhe wife of yonder villager^. 6. Fellow, what is your business so early in the market? what troubles you? (what chips have fallen into your eyes so early?) 7. Halloo Ali, go and call Imam Effendi. 8. I went to the school yesterday. Splendid! I was glad that your children were progressing so much! 9. Wonderful! how did it come that you went there? I am very glad. I hope thai through the efScacy of your prayer they will progress more. 10. 1 hope so! I saw some other children too that, may God avert the omen! will by no means be men (are absolutely useless). 11. 0 doctor*, come quick, my mother is very sick^ 12. — What a pity, what is her sickness? (what is the matter with her?) 13. — I don't know, she lay down saying 0 dear, o dear! 14. — God is gracious, do not worry". 15. My dear sir, where have you been till now? 16. Child, I must not see you again here [in such places], go away home now [begone!]. jy) \a ^^Jm Reading Exercise. ( i v ) The Tillage Eoom (d) ^iLjl ^sf' Sergeant Kebnes coughed thrice, sneezed four times and began to speak : — "Yesterday towards the qoushlouq (forenoon) I reached the city and I went to the market of Boiler-Makers to buy a pan and a cauldron. I noticed that there was not any noise or uproar there [as it is usual at the Boilers']. I was astonished and remained there [silent]. I went to and fro and asked where they had gone. They said that they were working out- side the city. "I ran and went there. What did I see! If I say two thousand you must understand three thousand' boiler-makers [and] tinners who, having each one of them a hammer or a pair of bellows, had entered into a tremendously big cauldron and the repeated hammering and knocking and noise and uproar were filling the whole place. Every body had stuffed cotton in- to his ears. They had placed a big ladder on the outside of the cauldron from the bottom to the brim. jouU Continued (e). "I went up the ladder and looked inside the cauldron: what a wonder! a group of people [had gathered] in one corner of ' a. am'at, avret a very rude term used by villagers. The women are called avrat, the men are called herif. In addressing thena oulan (oghlan) is used. — ^ ma'shallah! — 'a. WrekH. — * hekimbcisht head doctor. — '-' raliatsiz uneasy. — ^ telash. — ' A common expression to express any great number. 86 re u-jj Lesson 35. AT the cauldron, a very big group in another corner, and a great crowd in another quarter of the cauldron. Some hammer others clamp together, some solder, others tin, the whole place is in a state of noise and confusion, it seemed that the day of judgment had come. I asked one of those who were near me: what this was. I made him to understand with great diffi- culty. At last he took the cotton out of his ears and said to me with a loud voice: 'H. I. M. our Lord Sultan Mourad is going to the Bagdad campaign with 250,000 soldiers : therefore {■da) the pilav^ and soup of the army will be baked in this cauldron.' "When I heard this I was astonished. I forgot the pan and the saucepan. I left [the city] and came back. I had never heard nor seen such a thing in my life. I still hear the noise and uproar of the cauldron in my ears, [the tapping and knocking does not go from my ears]." juuL. Contmued (f). The story of Sergeant K^nes aroused great interest. Some (if the people in the room believed, others did not. But Bailiff Ghiji said: "Boys, there is nothing incredible [here]. My deceased father (may his memory be blessed!) had read in the Book of Kings^ things more wonderful than this, he would relate them to us in our childhood (he was relating them continually to us)." Qavas Agha one of those who were present said: "Excuse me (I cut your speech with honey), my dear Bailiif, please permit Captain Qoubour too to tell us what he has seen." — "Please tell us. Captain Qoubour, what you have seen," said the landlord. — "My dear sir," said Captain Qoubour, twisting his mustache, "the other day vyhen I was passing through the plain of Talas, very far away I saw something as big as a gigantic walnut tree, but if you had seen it! it was a tremendously big thing. By approaching it gradually I saw that it was a cabbage bigyer than can be imagined. j,.jU Continued (g). "Under one of the leaves of the cabbage the Sultan had en- camped, there were thousands of tents: under another leaf ten thousand horse soldiers were playing jirid, and under another leaf innumerable soldiers were drilling. I asked: what these were? They said: 'It is the army of Sultan Mourad our Lord, they are going on the Persian Expedition'." ' 'pilav boiled rice or wheat yboulgour'^, prepared with butter, broth etc., a favorite dish in the East. — - Shahname. AY Salutation, Congratulation, Addresses etc. 87 Everybody began to laugh at such an exaggerated story, but Sergeant Kebnfe was one of those who were laughing most. — "Wonderful! he said, tell such a lie that it may match a lie [resemble a lie, sound a lie], that tremenelous cabbage can neither be planted nor plucked out : moreover, what would they do with such a gigantic cabbage?" — "My dear Sergeant Kebnes said Captain Qoubour, they will boil it in the cauldron which a little while ago you saw in the plain of Gassarea, and they will give it to the army [to eat]." At this speech all the people in the room laughed un- animously in such a noisy way that many of them tainted. As for Sergeant Kebnes, during this uproar he took his long pipe and slipt away quietly. V. H. H. The End (.Li- Kliitam. ^"^ u^^^ Lesson 36. Salutation, Congratulation, Adresses etc. AS ^M Exercise 81. r^uA u^ p. 248. Note. This Exercise being a conversation between two Moslem gentlemen Mourad B6y and Ahmed EfKndi, we put it in the form of a conversation. M. 1. May I come to-day to call on you? A. If you honour my house, you are welcome, come! M. 2. Good morning (or Good evening) Ahmed Effendi. A. Good morning Mourad Bey, come, take a seat. You are welcome! I hope (by the will of God) you are well. 3. Do you receive letters from your son? M. He had stopped his letters (cut the back of his letters) for a long time, but, thank God, we were able to receive a letter this week. A. I congratulate you then. What news have you? (what is there and what is there not), what does he write? M. 4. I wish the same to you! (May you enjoy the hght 493 : 1). He says he is very well, he sends many salutations to you, he kisses your hands. A. 5. May he who kisses hands be well [§ 489]. Whenever you write letters please write my especial salutations to him. M. With pleasure, sir. How are you yourself? are you well? how are the circumstances of your hfe? are they good? A. 6. Health to you! I was a little unwell yesterday. I got a very bad cold, but (lead into the Satan's ear) [493°], thanks to God I am a little better to-day. You never look rT u-ji Lesson 36. AA for me and never ask about me [that] 'How is our [poor] friend?' you scarcely condescend to us. M. 7. Not at all, sir! [perish the thought!] really I am not aware of it. I beg your pardon! Has your father returned from Samsoun? A. Yes, sir, he came yesterday with my brother. M. 8. Be kind enough to offer my highest respects. 1 kiss his skirts. A. With pleasure (on my head), sir. Good bye! M. Go in happiness, sir, you are welcome! come again! AY /fJ^' Exercise 82. r'^.^ (_»« p. 249. (tr^ His Imp. M. the Sultan has granted 10,000 piastres to the poor of this city. 2. H. M. the Shah of Persia has visited Constantinople. 3. The senior European sovereign is H. M. Victoria the queen of England, i. The President of the French Republic, M. Loubet, has admitted to his presence H. H. Muneer Pasha, the Ottoman ambassador in Paris. 5. H. H. the vali of Sivas Haji Hassan Pasha, H. E. Bekir Pasha the governor of Tocat, and His Honour Mahmoud Bey the Qaymaqam of Merzi- foun have visited Amassia. 6. What do you say about this affair? — I don't know: you know better (than I). 7. My sister attends the school with diligence. 8. I am the mother of Artin Effendi (Mr. Pascal). 9. Where do you live now? — I now live in the street Sofoular. 10. To-day we called on you but we could not find you at home. AV 'M^j Translation 83. re* ^,<= p. 250. L,l _ybs_jiac _^Ji j_^JIj sy^ I "^ ' {S^"'j-i^^ ti-VI»' jtLoJ l/'J^ •tSjr-'j^^ ^^ S->-^ jUsu^ (^j-o!^ o^^^L,.? 1 • (_$jlj j^>- ijUj_^\* C.-;ejS_jli,^ A .,^^_U>- ^^^J Jyi}^ ^!i..it9 iSX-^ ' divUti fekhime the illustrious government, complimentary title applied to foreign powers. ^^ Salutation, Congratulation, Addresses etc. 89 •ie-^^' JW- ^ aJuALi-il) Zjj<»- kiljl:.*.^ 4jI_-, ^ ' • j^sUVj; (^J\.?OLc Jjli o^-^ <24)1 ^cjp ii^jl^dja sJt* • (j.jji j^ij) if'-xr' Jji iji^£ji 4^1 cs-^^si ^. lSjIJ^ ^j-j^i*- ^ meymdnH vaye auspicious, prosperous. — ■' mektoubou aliflizi, meklovhou aliUri vasili yMi chakiri oldou, your letter is received; lit. your honoured letter came to your servant's hand. — ^ miilaqat shMfine nayil olmaq lit. to enjoy the honour of your visit. — * loutfin. — '•" jiridi newspaper. — * himmet Sder'misiniz. — ' himmiti alifdele with your kindness. — * a. halile wife. 90 Second Part. The official and Literary Language. The Elements of Arabic and Persian Grammar as they are used in Ottoman -Turkish. rv ^^j> Lesson 37. The Persian Plural ^j\i ^ Jenii Farisi. ^ ^ mate (being). (jVjl J— ;U (_5-l<:— • ' ■'Jj'^^-A^ ghayri zirouli, viusemmasi jansi.t olan ^ ' inanimate (object). Al f,fi* Exercise 84. roTi^p. 256. ' 23. 1^1 122. 1 <-^i 21. l^_ • ' 20. 1 ^1 • ' 19. 1- ; ' 18 . i . ijU jbt>0 iJ>~-> lJW'~ =^ O' )*')>• O'Ji'j* o'-A-x.' 1. bagh-ha, Ar. pi. baghat. 2. qalirimanfui . 3. pehlivanan. 4. firishUgtan. 5. miirdef/ian. 6. maderan. 7. sivdegtan. 8. sa6?- to»i. d. yaverun. 10. divfiu. W.khaneha. \2. hJianha. 13. shahan. 14. padishahan. 15. shagirdan. 16. cisilzadegian. 17. doukhtiran. 18. m-CiUberan. 19. firiqan. 20. lliaMrnn. 21. lihastagian. 22. kesan. 28. bicliarigian. 24. ti'ij'jarav. 25. taUbegian. 26. jmJs- liman Moslem, Musulman, muslimanaii. M The Persian Plural, 91 O^ L* ft-i* Reading Exercise. ( 1 A ) The Match Girl. "Gentlemen, matches! matches! three boxes for ten paras. My gracious gentlemen ! my mother is poor and hungry (breadless) . . . Take this, my dear sir, give me a ten para piece." See how untidy are the flaxen hairs of that jsoor little thing. Under her eyes bluish, her face is dirty and sunburnt. Her clothes are worn, she has a pair of big shoes on her feet. This poor girl too for a slice of bread Wanders all the day in the streets (crying) matches! matches! How many dirty, sore faces Does she address perhaps a hundred times a day as 'my beautiful sir!' — "My girl! who is your father? where is your house? See! I will give you forty paras, tell me whatever I ask you. Have you no father? don't you know him?" — "I have no father, yes, I don't know him." The poor girl is a stranger everywhere. Everyone hurts her, calling her 'bastard'. No one on her slender body spreads his wings and stays. There is no heart throbbing for her, She has not known till now what a father is. She is working. If she does not work, what can she do? There is no way for her to turn except by working. Who is there to struggle for her? Whom has she to say 'take and eat this bread' ! Whoever gives her anything, expects something from her. O poverty! 0 fatherless children. Meheinmed Emit/. a1^ Conversation. reAij^ p. 2-58. Words and Notes. 1. a. viusemma (the noun) named. 2. a. zi- rouh, t. janU animate being. 3. hustl ol." to be obtained. 4. a. miv- sou olan fixed for. t. jansiz, a. ghaijri zirouh inanimate (object). a. ilavd H." to add. 5. a. ojLc Hbarit composed of. ojlf- 'iharS sentence. Ar. pi. oljLt 'ibarat, Turk. pi. Hharelh- sentences. 6. a. Mlime, Ar. pi. Icelimat, Turk. pi. l;eliineUr ( J<wlS^' oUS^' "OS^) word ; farsi, farisi, tern, farsiyi Persian ; turhi, fern, turkiye Turkish : kelimati farisiyi Persian words, 'ibarati turkiye Turkish sentences ; both and similar ones are Persian Izaf6t (§ 517). 7. a. Mat par- ticle suffix; j^mUnmelc to be changed, made into Plural (§ 277). 92 rA a'J^ Lesson 38. ^r S. a. elyevm now, at present. 9. Iran, eeran Peisia, Arya. 10. a. al- eVoumoum uniformlj'. a. t. jem'Undirmilc to pluralize (§ 281). a. adH custom, rule. 11. a. mitstamel used. 12. a. loutfen kindly. 13. a. iyeah et." to illustrate. 14. a. teftir sentence, words, a. t.jini- WwefciZmf/c to be capable of pluralizing. a. qayidimW. 15. a.mimshi writer, author, a. ravi narrator, a. shehid martyr, a. mudir director, manager. 16. p. KhAsr^v Chosroe. 17. a. sevaU kiram: oevat persons (Ar. pi. of sat), kiram noble, illustrious (Ar. pi. of Jeerim). 18. a. mushirani team: mushir generalissimo, izam magnificent (Ar. pi. of azim). 19. a. hazarat their Highnesses (Ar. pi. of Tiazret § 497). 20. haghi aUm the vineyard of the world i. e. the earth, a. mekum residence, abode. 21. iqam^t it." to dwell in. 22. a. mustijir a tenant. Mhnzi Effindi I'hani the Hotel op R^mzi Efl^ndi. 23. a. elhaj Osman Mecca pilgrim Osman. 24. a. mir- lioum deceased, late. 25. a. ita'at obedience, a. siyanU protection. a. liurmit honour. 26. sliaM shehidan or by omission, shehi she- hidan (§ ■'iSO) the sovereign of martyrs; it is epithet of Housseyiii. ne souretle how? 27. a. irtiha'U darl baqa a going away to the region of permanency i. e. dying, death. 28. raziyalla'hou anliou! May God be well pleased with him (a formula used after naming any companion of Mouhammed). 29. mish-Jiedi makhsous: mhli- hed a place of martyrdom, feretory, mausoleum (vulg. masliat, mashatltq: used in contempt by the Sunnies to the cemeteries of Redheads and Christians. 80. lerjiyi bend, see page 302. 31. qa- diman Per. pi. of Ar. qadim old, ancient, a. ikJibar et." to narrate, tell. a. sMa it." to praise. Ferliad a Persian hero, lover of Shirin, the wife of Khiisr^v Ferviz. 32. a. mou'ashaqa dalliance, love. 3%. sJiayani diqqat: -p. shay an worthy, a. dijgat attention, a. jiride newspaper. 34. a. ita bouyuwmaq to bestow, to grant (§ 272). 85. khayir kJiahani Saltanatt Siniyeyi Osmaniyandan (one) of the well-wishers i. e. friends of the Sublime Ottoman Government. 36. nishanl zeeshan the glorious order (of M6jidiy6). birinji rutbe the Insignia of the Grand Cordon of (M^jidiy^). 36°. a. farq difl'erence. 37, 38. a. mustamel used. See No. 11. 39. a. maqa- mlnda as. 40. eoz heart, himself (himself and his word true'. ^^ ^^^ Lesson 38. The Persian Izaf^t 4.^jlj o^^l AO Ai Exercise 86. nr ^ p. 263. Persian Izafet i Turkish Izafet Meaning ij^*j iSjj roil yi Zemin i iSjy il_r. the surface of the world the Red Sea ^r The Persian Izafet. 93 Persian Izafet Turkish Izafet Meaning A-i— ^pa bah'rt sSfid J<.f.j JT the Mediterranean Sea oL- ^)=CJ bah'ri siydh' _kSj oj\i the Black Sea i=~^ j=a bah'rt monhit ij-yiLSjl the Ocean j^^ j^_ haJi'rtmonhitilcebir LTj'^j'^ ^y.j\ the Pacific Ocean A>A=- A^ ah'M jedid ■H^ Ji New Testament l» ^f'=- ah'dl atiq V /„! Old Testament c,==; t5i. pa'yi taliht J^L"^ ll:;.: capital city ,ii, iJii hlia'ki pay '^^y li^J dust of foot; (§ 495) -^i-'-' Jr?^J injili sMrif L^'L^ '-^'.^ Holy Gospel j^i JljT avazi buUnd ^1 <^ loud voice Aiji. (ij.3jT arzouyi shedid JJ^T JJy strong desire .J... ,-.:U.., saltana'tt siniyi iJl^^JXa- A.2-.JJ Exalted government JW oli sa'ti ali oli JU high personality ul^j .li sha'ht Iran ^^li, (jl^_l the Shah of Persia ^-^ ojl^ harare'ti shims jjililsc^i^ v_AJLi^s the heat of the sun ijloi ^^«5 sar'fi osmani j_^^ j;ici^ Ottoman Grammar cilci^ oU lisa'ni osmani JU j;w^ Ottoman Language .^t'T' X\ji fevayi'di hesirS J.j:U Jj^=. great benefits ijU '*;ii hhaneyi zabit i5jl -iiLjU the house of the officer ^_^i >_.l::i^ Tcita'bt sherif ^br'j-jc Holy Bible U-Ji. ijjjl ar'g't mouqaddcs ^L^ J'-J- Holy Land j/l. cSjijU. charshou'yi mezhur J-ji^ j\ that market ^^; >-? vahiyi Youhanna 1.^-i^J iA;l:»jj the Revelation of John 6^- Jli-l emsa'lt Souleyman Jli.1 iii^U the Proverbs of Solomon jjIj _,.^1j. mezami'ri Davoiid ■^Jjj^-J* ^^J*^ the Psalms of David ilJPl t5L~.l esma'yi a'dad ^J^l i)>U the numerals. 94 ^^ ^ji Lesson 39. ^t \'\ j^JuJ Exercise 86. rnsij^p. 265. 1. The Red Sea is between Arabia and Egypt. 2. The paper Sabah which is pubhshed in Constantinople is the semi- official paper of the Imperial government. 3. Mr. Vahan, Esir Pazar, R6mzi Effendi Khan, Constantinople (a form of address of letters). 4. The capital of the English empire is London. .5. The number of the inhabitants (on the surface) of the earth is 1610 millions. 6. There are many empires and nations in the world. 7. I bought an arquebuss from the Grand Bazar (of Constantinople). 8. The magistrate read an eloquent prayer in the name of H. I. M. with a loud voice. 9. The teacher explained the lesson point by point to the pupils. 10. There was a ring with one diamond on the finger of the one-eyed Bai- liff Inje. 11. Our Lord Jesus Christ said: "Love one another," this verse is written in the Gospel of John. 12. Your star is brilliant (yaver), your dice always come double-six. 13. The poor man was puzzled {sJiashirmaq), he takes (sees) the 6 for 5. iZJ> 1 i (^-i* Keadiug Exercise. ( t ^ ) A list of Moral Maxims (= Franklin's Principles). [These are] the twelve principles which the famous philo- sopher Franklin adopted for regulating his conduct and reforming his character: Temperance: — Do not eat until you get dull, and do not drink until you get stupified. Silence: — Do not speak any word which is useful neither for you nor for others. Regularity: — Appoint in your house the place of every thing and fix the time for every thing. Resolution: — Whatever you are obliged to do decide it and do it without any fault. Economy: — Do not waste a cent on anything which has not any real importance to you or to another. Labour and work: — Do not waste your time and always be busy with some useful work (thing). Prof. Naji. ri ^_j-'^L> Lesson 39. Persian Compound Adjectives. AV ^J Exercise 87. rv* u^ p. 270. 527. ^^ /"rf'wfjii European ; venereal disease, syphilis; lock of a door, ijy ^'J'■i•« Tm-kish ; (Turkish) song. j,_,i sftarg* oriental; ^8 Persian Compound Adjectives. 95 oriental hymn, song. tSij^ yihoudi (vulg. ehifU) Jew. iSyji\ Edirn^vi u. native of Adrianople. c5_^''^ Fransavi Frenoii. (jLlj ' iJL yabanl wild. ^^ HaUbi a native of Aleppo; yard, cloth measure. ^\L Khaki an especial uniform of a grey colour. ^^Xe salihi crusader. 528. 4; 1_^ i deeD««i«i demoniac; foolish, silly. <>\i^ m^rdunS brave; manly. aJIi-j^ dostane friendly. ^.lUJU- ihalisanS sin- cerely. '^l|j^lc ajizatiS humbly. "uljAi pidirane fatherly. ,559. i)\ii^^\, tagh-chiban^cova.'bahjebangs.Ti&eaeT. jl^allS gunah-Jciar sinner. jK!^>U- khelasJcfar saviour. jKai^L sakh- teJctm' forger. ijL-\i posfeaw vulg. pa«»a«(i night watchman, cjljjo ' d\jj'^ ' b\jj^ kiarban, kiarvan, kSrvan caravan. j^jjX..^ sandouqlciar, sandiqktar cashier, jbjjj rmgiar wind. ij^o> derban door-keeper. jiCjis qaUmUtilr, qaUmkSr engraver. 530. i_r.L| J ftie'sas without foundation, false. r-j.*=j bisoueh faultless, innocent. J_^li namaqboul unacceptable. oj-W J bi qoudret powerless; weak, unable, j^lj itwmeVd coward, frlj'^ namizaj unhealthy, sick. jy,kK^ bihouzoiir vulg. beoMzur uneasy i_jb) bitab weak. 531. iiJL«-i' hemmilUt fellow countryman, of the same nation. ^&1.P hemmezMb co-religionist. j\jK.>f hSmjivar neighbour, neighbourhood, ol^ hSmrah' fellow-traveller. 535. ^/^j ' \c^j rehber, reh'numa or rali'mlma guide. j\j^j\z, sheer khor that sucks milk, suckling, child. olj<J biyzadi the son of a prince, nobleman. ojIJUI asUzade the son of a noble- man, nobleman, noble, oiljali sfta/i'«a(Je the son of a king, royal prince. 0 :i\j cj^ khan zadi the son of a khan; a Tartar prince. Aljji dSrbend a watch tower. 536. \-> is\J^ giran baha precious. Ji»iL sadidil simple- hearted, p-i* =L- siyah clieshm. t. 3/o*J qaragebz blackeyed. 96 r^ i^jj Lesson 39. ^^ j_^ilj nanh^r vulg. namkeor ungrateful. .^JujX hedhakht un- fortunate. .iliJj dilshad joyful, happy. 538. a-%Lxj^ tebrikname a letter of congratulation, ■(-■.lijjj rousnami calendar, almanack. JLy nevsal newyear, newyear's day. A..LiJ>| ' 4.«blsa=-j mMwam^, I'owfc/isaiwamfl letter of permission. 539. ij'_ji- ' .^j^ ' L/.-^j"- kJiosh, khoshter, hhoshUreen nicer, nicest, aj : ^ ' Oi-iV o'"'^ ' '^ ''*•■ HMer, iihterein or biheen, biheenS better, best. a. : _;^Jj or ^i ' O'.^'-'i ^^'^•^ bedter or 6^<er, bedUreen worse, worst, -t. : ^^ ' O-,^^ Jnj'i-' mih'ter, mih'tereen greater, greatest, j: _K»i ' ^__rL^or Oni'^' iC.~S hem: kemter, hemtireen or Tcemeen, kemeen^lo'w, inferior; lower, lowest, a. Jjl ' O^jl «'ui)eZ, Svveleen. p. ^:: -ci ' lycLJ^ nUkhust, ni'ikhHsteen the very first. AA -(Ji* Exercise 88. rvt ^^ p. 271. 1. Our Saviour, our Lord Jesus Christ, came into this world to save sinners. 2. I like the English and French languages very much. 3. This book is written in the Turkish language and contains songs and hymns. 4. Porcelain comes from China by caravans. 5. I will give you (a) friendly advice, do not be worldly. 6. What kind of a man is your servant? is he silly? he cannot understand any thing. 7. The night- watchmen seized me at midnight in the market, and spoke to me angrily. 8. Miss Rose being sick yesterday was very sad, therefore she could not write the French letter which she had to write. 9. I helped those who are in our neighbourhood and who sit at home like women hopelessly. I advised them to live like man (manly). 10. Our house is higher than that mansion, and air pleasanter. A^ AjS^j Translation 89. rvr i_^ p. 272. Jjl T .jSliJj] i.^^ Jijtl iJ^.^J ^^J, Sj aJfi^Csl \ ^V The Persian Derivative Nouns, 97 1:^*^ oJj»lj (^lo'l ^^ -ji j'jjo^^ 6j^' j: j'-J*^^ o-^l ' j-JjJ^ JI^Ji,^ (1)^3 "JS^ liSiXL^StJi } (jJJLj.- ^ r -(^^jijl |j-j3Ji^ sjv5oJCi_ •c5-1j' (jJUjp) J^:*:^ Jjl (Ob^^)^ Jj^. J ^M* (5^ ^ill f^JjJ Reading Exercise. (r») Franklin's Principles (continuation and end). Honesty: — Beware of falsehood and cheating: alvyays do as you say, and always say as you think. Justice: — Do not shun all the good deeds which are among your duties or beyond your duties which you are obliged to perform; and do not injure anybody. Moderation: — Guard against excess; and do not set yourself to revenge yourself on the unjust in the manner that you think suitable. Cleanliness : — • Be careful about your body, apparel and home. Quietness : — Do not be disturbed by trifles, nor at ordinary matters, or such things as are impossible to evade. Chastity: — Do not involve in danger your safety, honour, and position as well as that of others. ^ * u^-^^ Lesson The Persian Derivative Nouns. \» JlJ Exercise 90. rve ^y p. 275. 54i, (jll_^_^ Frengistan Europe (old term: now ljjj\ Av- ropa, Avroupa is used), ^b^ij^ Yehoudistan, vulg. yahoudistan Judea. (i5ijti y^houdi, vulg. ■■ j -i^ chifit Jew). i^C-Sj Turkistan Tourkistan. (jh^jLllJ Tataristan. ^.x^ ajem non- Arabian, Persian. i_i,->~xs> ajemi a barbarous or bad speaker of Arabic; Key to the Tvirkieh Conv.-Grammar. 7 98 t* LTJ-i Lesson 40. ^A a foreigner, barbarian; a Persian; untrained; a novice, o^^^— <-?^ ajimistan Persia (in literary language d\^_\ Iran Arya). ^^^ Arabistan Arabia. 2. (jk-tIL ' ^l:_i|j i ijV.^^ daghistan: M- histan mountain- land; Daghistan is also a region in Caucasia, p. 4-iiJ bMifshe, t. -lixJ.. mineksM: jlJ4-iiJ MnefshSzar a place abundant in violets. 3. (jl:..l,:... sunbulistan a place abounding in hyacinths. ^li..,_ns ' (j\z^j\j. qabristan, m^earistan a graveyard, o Jixi' 1 aUshgide a fire- temple (of Parsees, Zoroastrians). 4. -u U.j_j_Sjl ' .Clii^tji edlcsuekhanS, eytamkhane orphanage. ij^^\i ^ debbagh-khanS vulg. tabalchane tannery. <jli.jb hiarkhane vulg. kerhane manu- factory (now obsolete in polite circles, iii^_lj fdbrica is common in this sense; because kerhane vulg. of kSrih-khane means brothel). 5. <,K-=z.}\:S kitabkhane book-shop, library (the pi. is also used as '^^^^:S^ kutubkhane). 4Jli|J?-| ejza-khane vulg. ezahanS drug-store, pharmacy. *j"l=ei.| aslikliane Yu]g. ashane, asli-ghana kitchen. 4jU.jKi ' cKjKi shikiarkliane, shikmrgiah a place where game is kept- hunted etc. 5i3. ,jUju.I». jamedan wardrobe. ijU-i..U. ' o\xJii khamedan, qaUmdan a pen-case. ijU_a^ teerdan quiver. ol-'^ nemek- dan salt-cellar, a. ^J?- jiiz sheet (of paper), pamphlet; p. o^Aj^ juzdan, \alg.jizdan a portfolio; a pocket-book. 543. dLi)_^ perishani poverty. S^j~'\ asoudegi quietude, peace. 4lLi.l as^maj/t intimacy, friendship. ^^\j\ azadegi freedom. y-J^ khastegi sickness. Jjj- sezayi worth, worthiness. ^^ tSngi narrowness. Sii. A^jl: pareha a little piece. t^tL bagh-clie, vulg. bah'je a little vineyard, garden. ^^j{ bogh-chi, vulg. boh'je a little wrapper. ^■=^Jjy g^rumje (beloved sister), husband's sister. Aa.A*^>. chekmeje a little drawer. <^:\f kemanche a little violin, violonette. i^s | agje, vulg. ah'je white pieces of money, cash. ^\ Ami Exercise 91. rvn ^y P- 276. 1. Jerusalem was the capital of Judea. 2. In the xi. and XII. centuries after Christ the Europeans (Franks) from all parts of Europe by hordes (tagn?n taqim) rushed into Syria; these ^^ The Persian Derivative Nouns. 99 were called Crusaders (Saleeh means cross, saleebi cross bearer, crusader). 3. Yesterday I went to BSzestm (com. hidisUn). I bought a whole piece {top) of broadcloth and two pieces of un- bleached linen. I made a bundle and sent it to the orphanage. 4. My sister sitting in the hyacinth garden is working on a workframe {kSrgif). 5. Now there are (exist) 140 orphans in the American orphanage at Merzifoun. 6. The sandholder and the pen-case are on the table. 7. I was going to oil the machine, but there was no oil in the oil-can. 8. Whose is the (great) tomb which I see in the graveyard opposite? 9. It belongs to a Sheykh from Daghistan. 10. I walked with my uncle in the places where violets are abundant and in the meadows: we found quietude and peace everywhere. ^Y A^-J Translation 92. rw ,jo p. 277. t U.,»-4J li.,^ ^.....,sc>^i 4Jli«,_5- "till ^>-Vp i-Aj4J\5ci-lj3 (Jj' ^ j'jyS y "^ • J> i^'jy. t^-VAUL cX-s-i IRiw* T ' Jj^ t5jt-.j3 •,_$J)I :>j>-y j5Cl_c d-L^jl eA*\Sj2jl 0 . (^J.lS^(oJ.'i b-Sj^ ij^\i) ci_)\jfl.S- ^"^j' oSeJ') JS eJJt — IS- Icb eSljjlJds- ? J3 eJJej' . -iS-^'^ JjJii' Zji'U. <ti7l siJe^S^Tl (jlilji;_l) jl*.^jl9 <j5 j CjL-cjl ^;;^i 1^ i^Am Reading Exercise. ( r t ) The Story of the Donkey and the Fox. There came out of a vineyard an old donkey, he was .iaden with pinl^-coloured grapes to carry to town. Just then 1 a. .b| eytom is the plural of ~i 2/^iiw orphan, ^aleloumoum. 7* 100 '«.♦ ij-jj Lesson 40. (•♦ a hungry fox saw it and came, and the desire of such nice grapes pierced his heart. While the fox was nearing him, the donkey kicked at him, but by and by they left off all such coquetry (kicking etc.). The Fox: "May I not come into your presence, 0 my lion? I am surprised at your beauty, let me look at you from very near, let the shadow of the kindness and mercy of my lord be ever on me. Wherever his propitious feet tread, there roses spring up. His sweet-smelling tail resembles excellent musk. I will smell it if my lord does not give me a fillip on my nose. Those eloquent eyes express his wisdom, well-proportioned and rhy- med words suit his mouth." Then (deriken) the donkey brayed out of the excess of his delight as if he had seen either a piece of melon-peel or fresh thorns. The Fox: "That cheerful song has pierced directly into my heart, but if you are silent there is still another pleasure. Because the nigh- tingale will hear your song and steal it and when afterwards he sings, perhaps the hearers will be very sorry (for his plagiarism)." The fox chattering much in this manner mocked him and drove him toward a well. The Fox: "Here there is a good stable and manger, but alas ! it is not possible to enter, the door is very narrow. There is great pleasure in it, such as sleeping and lying down, and there is no trouble but to eat and drink. The charm of the females dwelling there is unequalled: please look there; but (take care) do not fall in love." When the donkey came near he looked into the mirror of water and seeing the reflexion of his face his mouth watered immediately. The Donkey : Really I see a delicate and charming head. The Fox; Call her then immediately, let her come and be your sweetheart. The donkey cried out loud, 'Come here!' (exceeding the bound of moderation in joy screamed), and hearing the echo of his voice from the well was much surprised. The Fox: "Did you see? now they are inviting you there. Is there not any service for me to do in this banquet? Let your bur- den remain here; you may go down alone. I will fellow you to be your stable-boy." 1 ♦ t The Persian Verb. 101 The donkey threw his burden on the ground and himself into the well. The fox became his heir, while he prays for mercy on him (his soul). ^ ^ ^^:> Lesson 41. The Persian Verb ^ji J«9 ^r Jl.3 Exercise 93. r\o ^ p. 285. aSo. 1. j'jt.lj namdar distinguished. 2. j1a».C^ hiVcmndar ruler. 3. ^b-t^ji- Jchazinedar, v\i\g. Ichasnadar treaBxirer. 4. jlJ^li. maqasdar a tailors cutter. .5. o Jpj_;^ garardide one who has suffer- ed a loss. 6. i>jjAjlf=>. ji/wmdjd^ experienced. 7. ojjij^ hariqzede sulferer from fire. 8. oiljx. bepeade noble. 9. ailjali s/jafe«0(ie royal prince. 10. j\X\Jiiji lengerendas casting anchor. 11. ajLl.!; namalum unknown. 12. i>l_j=._«=. Ichayrkhah' benevolent, generous. 13. »(_j=-Aj bedJchah' malevolent. 14. jjaIIj=- chouvaldous vulg. chouvaldtz, At. JjI^ malchat a packing-needle, a sacking-needle. 15. _^-l^ soulihengu eloquent. 16. J^,;; 7^ soulh' penir peace- maker, peace-lover. 17. xJu.; ncdbend vulg. nalband a shoeing- smitb, farrier. 18. jllSCijii,^ maslahatguzar charge d'affaires. \^. j\JS.li\ ishgiisar industrious, diligent. 20. ij-^ X—'y inousigi shinas musician, composer. 21. jKci khunkidr com. Mtnktcir the fortunate one, Sultan. (In olden times J:lj.i ' J-'jL.-' dSvlMi, sa'adetli fortunate' were titles given to the Sultan.) i>50. Ijil ' ijijljJI efea, efzayish augmentation : ^z^ ' ^1^ balchsh, baJch-sMsh present. c\j=- ' ^J.e>\j=~ Vhdh\ khahish desire. JJ^. ' iJ'JJ.j' ■ JW' ' Lpjlj' pirver, pirvSrish; nuvaz, nuvazish caressing, petting. j ij^ '. ll- ' ^J-i t— sutuden : sita, sitayish praising. jjli'T': \Jif^^JJJL.'f'hus^laden: TcAslia, hushayish an act of opening. jj^\ ' \S'Jjy\ efrouz, efroitsish. (ijLili dilshadi cheerfulness. 102 lul u-J-i Lesson 41. I^f \i (^li3 Exercise 94. rAT ^^^ p- 286. 1. Qavvas Agha is a veteran servant of our family, h6. served my grandfather 4-0 years and my father 20 years. 2. The Iris (Yeshil Irmaq) has overflowed and run into the three streets of the city. The Royal Princes helped and saved the sufferers (afetzede) from the inundation. Many of the nobility and noble families also have contributed (.t^jjJi2i) bread and clothing. 3. I vidll be ready at four o'clock to-morrow. If you come I will go with you to the official opening (inau- guration) of the school: we shall reach there at six o'clock. 4. The steamer anchored about 10 o'clock (qousMoiik vaqit- lartnda) in the harbour of Samsoun. 5. The master is a very generous man, he has generously {bol MsecUn) given half a Turkish pound as a gift to the tailor's cutter. 6. Tears were flowing from the eyes. 7. Do not speak false words, pay my money with the interest. 8. I have much appreciated (beijendim) this hymn which is being sung, really it is praiseworthy: who has composed it, I wonder. 9. The words were composed by the distinguished poet Mr. George and the music by the (Jerusalem) pilgrim Mr. Arshag the musician. 10. There are innumerable stars in heaven. 11. Mr. Nejib is the best in the class. ^© A^j Translation 95. rA"\ ^^ p. 286. dljlTiJaiJ^ - -Ji jlj »jj^yjj^ (_$J..»...2 jtf-3'd)l 0»-Jj9 oi4_jJul J. ;_)^-'--« ^;ili |»il J.1 ^ -(^iiiil ^ij} ijlj,c ^j^ :>j.t 3j^ Oji • J-^ l^j'-*- C-«^^-.2-« diljjla_^ O^y*' »♦»" The Persian Prepositions. 103 }>\} ^ Reading Exercise, (rr) Supplication and Praise. Thou art the originator of the world, 0, Lord! Thou art the creator of the universe, 0 Lord! Thou art the illuminator of the heavens. Thou art the provider of the earth! Thy loving kindness embraces the whole world. Thou art the most gracious of the gracious ones. I knovy not to whom I must make my moan. Thou art the most merciful of the merciful, 0 Lord! What need is there for me to make petition to Thee? Thou dwellest in the hearts, 0 Lord! My outside and inside is open (known) to Thee. Thou art the invisible-seeing, 0 Lord! From the Divan of Fazil. iy u^JC> Lesson 42. The Persian Prepositions ^^jls j>. ^^ ^'^ jjui Exercise 96. r^to^p. 29L 1 . Our Sovereign is H. I. M. Sultan Hamid 11. 2. Mr. Kerim having given correct answers to all the teacher's questions the teacher gave him a hearty welcome. 3. Whenever you see an old man, rise to your feet out of respect, i. Anatolia College was established by an Imperial Edict. 5. To learn your lesson by heart you must try incessantly (continually). 6. The servant returned immediately and brought the following answer (as follows). 7. Captain Qoubour entered the door of the inn bearing a skimmer in his hand. As soon as they saw him they were exceedingly glad and criedont, 'Well done!' 8. You must return home at all events at 5 o'clock. 9. The 38 pounds which I owed according to note, I have to-day paid with the interest and redeemed my note. 10. I borrowed 7000 piastres on a letter of advice. 11. The oil which is in the pan smells like musk. ^V ''^^j Translation 97. r^»o^ p. 291. • jailjl ^~-j^ (3_jil) ^ £j_;.«<d.' W j,rJis 3' <•-" ^j^ ^ 104 tr _rJJ Lesson 42. » ♦•!. •J-^1 jL-jl '^-'^a e^Se-^. eS-^Jb- jL- 4:L^jA " • (Ji^Jo I cJj\Ji^ '^} aSiJ^ji t^jui "^ v^aII JjJ Ji» ijj"5' j: (_5>-i ^^j; ■'^J' •(^3^1 ^It ^*b eJ"sl)^ ijbj ^ "^ Jl^^l ,9 j^Ju' Keading Exercise. The Hunter Avji. (The following is taken from a poem of the celebrated French poet Beranger.) 1. Dear birdies, lovely rogues! why should not hearts incline to you? what a tuneful assembly is this! what a joyful place of pleasure ! It is just the lawful place for my poor heart to be joyous (cheerful): the bush is full of melody with your chant. Your behaviour is very simple, your form graceful, your voice pleasant, your singing beautiful. But take care lest Fortune spoil this tranquility suddenly. Hush, my dear birdies, hush ! "2. Lo ! the hunter comes quickly, there is not yet even a sparrow in his bag. Does he keep still. He has a double-barrelled gun in his hand, he will have no mercy if he sees you, he will not spare you. Do you expect mercy from tlie hunter? his eye is already fixed on you, will you shut your eyes? It is not a glory, it is a shame for humanity, such things are detestable (deserving of a curse). Will God look kindly on a person who grieves the soul (burns the soul)? Oh! whom must I make understand, what must I do? Hush, my dear birdies, hush! 1 ♦ e The Gender and Number of Arabic Nouns. 105 3. Once I was sitting here on this spot, two swallows were passing by. They were singing together in a happy manner: why should they not give pleasure to people? I myself, con- gratulating them on their return, shared in their pleasure and delight. Suddenly a hunter fired at them, the poor travellers were destroyed. To be far from evils, beware (be cautious) of men! Hush, my birdies, hush ! i. Know the character of men, see the proofs of their thoughts. The poor (among them) seek for a pretext to quarrel, the rich (among them) are all blood-shedders. They have made the world a hell. Are these men? (No! they are) a troop of executioners. They cannot be true and good friends. The most merciful of them is a murderer of birds. Though I know it, is it worthy of praise? Do not urge me to say, is it right? Hush, my birdies, hush! 5. The trigger helped the hand of the hunter, a partridge was wounded in his wing: immediately his dog ran and took it; to fetch games belongs to him. Why were you happy, why joyful, 0 hunter? Does man become happy through bloodshed? This cruel man, this murderer now goes (home) and curses injustice (oppression) more than I do. How strange is man's nature in the world! he both loves evil and is an enemy of evil. Hush, my birdies, hush ! 6. My birds, good news! your hunter is going, he has seen other game, he hastens after them. There is no one coming, and he who was going (the hunter) has disappeared. Now begin your melody again, there is no need of caution now, give a concert according to my taste. Fortune has granted a reprieve: sing and let the neighbourhood echo again. But if that cruel, greedy man passes this way to-morrow. Hush then, my dear birdies, hush ! Mou-al'lim Naji = Professor Naji. ^^ u^^C> Lesson 43. The Gender of Arabic Nouns .z,^ ^JS" Myifiyet Gender. _/'i- mtigekliir Masculine. ui=- ^j' mu^n-iiesi hagiqi Feminine because of signification. tijLxtl 0.1 }* muen-nesi itibari Feminine because of termination. ^jV lazim Neuter gender. 106 tt" u-JJ Lesson 43. » ♦! ^A (JlJ Exercise 98. r\o ^ p. 295. ajtl—/ 4.^»3>.y» 4jltc 4J^ A^yt aL«1»- A— >- 4jjl_J 4.0J r 1. Me'ftee, «e6ee2/« prophetess. 3. amme fathers sister. 4. ^^oZa mother's sister. 18. ilahe goddess. 20. melike queen. 22. grace- ful; daughter. n. \ ^jy ' o ^y. ' -X ^^ ' \. ^^_ ' W ^l, ' \r y) ' ^V' |.j ' \ t ,_iy are Masculine. T ^l ' ', ^i.\ are Fem. sig. ^ oUli ' T 4„3. ' Y Zjj~^ ' '^ C-5=l-a.< ' ^ "UiJj- ' ^ " C^^ are Fem. term. JVote. The terminations (-t) of the numbers 5, 6, 10, 11 are radical. The Number of Arabic Nouns c^ Kemiyyet. Dual 4jll Tesniye. W ^J^ Exercise 99. r^Y _^ p. 297. '6.'-, 15. "f i i i.''. . '3.';- '2.';:. 'l.°T-- OyJ^. iJ\JSj— i>-~«-*5 ijOi-;^.^ ijC«=- iJUjV« ' 12 .' Cl^ ' 11 ." ' - 1 10 . i' 1 < 9 . ">^ i 1S.°-— 17.'', 15 . °" ' 14. "y 1 13. •' t 2. jiheteyn. 3. sahifeteyn. 4. zam'meteyn. 6. heldeteyn. 12. jumUteyn. 14. bah'reyn. 15. herreyn. Note. The terminations Oi"^ ' ol-^ -eyn, -an are the terminations to from the Duals in Arabic, while (j|_ -an. in Persian changes animate nouns into the Plural; as; a. Jl— muslim Moslem: Pere. pi. dU — . muslivian Moslems, Musul- mans (§ 509); Ar. Dual ol-J— • ' Cn-U-. mnsUman, muslimeyn two Moslems. To avoid this misunderstanding, the Duals made with ol- -an are rarely used in Ottoman. It is used only for some 1 ♦Y The Gender and Number of Arabic Nouns. 107 geometrical terms and in some other words given below; as: oi" suls = olilf s&lsan two thirds; i_r-J— suds one sixth = ;jL,Jl_ sudsan two sixths; *>U mela = ii\_^ meUvan the two alternating times, day and night, morn and eve; ajjIJ zaviy^ augle = objlj saviyitan two angles; (jl^l_?^ u^^jlj zaviyetani tnutdvafiqatan two corresponding angles; o^=-l-^ ijldjLi. u^jU zaviyetani mutebadiUtani dakhiUtan two alternate interior angles ijbjij (jllo-jU. ^IdiLu zaviyetani mutebadiUtani Tcharijetan two alternate exterior angles (§ 656). The Regular Masculine Plural. N ♦ ♦ ^ 1-"^ Exercise 100. r^^ ,>» p. 299. < 5 . It- I 3 . ■• I- . t I- i 2 • >1' . T < . ' , ' . '10. 1 19. - ' 8. I . 1 17. .1 16. A OjPJ'jo- >-^'*j*' iJj«^> — - (JJ«^^--' Uy^<iJ O'.JW'—* 12 . t 1 11 . - I 3. qariyeeii, qariyoun readers. 7. riyaziyoun mathematicians. S. havariyoun apostles. 1, 4, 6i«J and valide are not masculine and nour is not rational. Note. In Arabic both forms of the Reg. Masc. Plural are used with some distinctions, but in Ottoman except some very common words passed into the language, the use of the ^J- -own is con- fined to scientific terms; as: i\yo. geographic, ($l_ni| social, ^^X* geometrical, ^^f— !» natural, JL; botanic, (^-L_ political: (j_jJ\_^ joghrafiyoun geographers, ij_>fi-'^l ishtirakiyotm socialists, ijj^Xjt, hendesiyoun geometricians, ii^^^ tdbiyiyoun naturalists, (j^'L; botanists, o_>r-'^ siyasiyoun politicians, statesmen. The Regular Feminine Plural. \ ♦ \ vJui Exercise 101. r. • ^^ p. 300. i5»i'. '4..1, i3- \|T 12-1.1 1 1 - 1 I • I - I .. i. neferat individuals. 5. Jchidemat. 11. tS-S-lifat. 108 tt" i_rJ-i Lesson 43. I 'A ■ZJoJ^ Jjl^^J\> Jji-vU^ iZjIsJjIu "tZj^y J Cj'JWsAj 19 _ !"• ' 18 „ 1 - 13. zaeoat. ' -''-S-^- ^'^!**' N^Y (,JUJ Exercise 102. r..i>p. 300. 1. England is a great country. 2. He went to visit (walk in) the Zoological garden with his granddaughter, wife and parents. 3. Nooriye Hanim (Miss Lucy) is the elder sister of Noori Effendi (Mr. Lucas). 4. Botany treats of plants, zoology (treats) of animals. .5. Our Lord Jesus Christ is the sovereign of both worlds. 6. He is the only hope of the wretched and of sinners. 7. Believers pass through the valley of darkness and death in joy. 8. Divine blessings will be their leader (will lead them). 9. I divided two thirds of the purse between the two parties (concerned). 10. The thieves have been imprisoned for many years (§ 656). 11. The prophets (resouleen) and apostles per- formed many miracles. 12. The writings which they entrusted to me I put with my own hand into the mail(-box). 13. Kind persons show kindness not only to animals but even to plants. \ ♦ V -KS-j Translation 103. r. t j^ p. 301. <^j}j. Jj*^-?' u-^j^^ "^J^Juiy} iSA^ o*^'-'' ^J-^->^J^J~ * ^j>-j-^ e-jjjli Obb' ^^' ^^ "^ -j^ jl.i.,«*i)l ^Jl7 ^jti • (S-^Jjyy ^^j'-^'^ t^Jjj'jl wis- 4j 4.,iCk- jj^>- Ju ,^ Y . ^_^Jo \ jjSjS JjAJjl vjl^^ li^' L$2.Afc "dljjjijU {^J~V) di"!_5ji,«L., A (i^l) ->J^Ji^' (J» (J— ^ "^ • ^^c5-^~l.jl ki\ e'jy jy^") t^-Ajl 3> 1. liimmet etmek. 2. jenneti a'la. 3. hastroun pi. of /jasJr present. 4. ftaZi^Ti oi" to reach. 5. a. ia«/</' ^t.". hozmaq to erase. 6. a. miikerrim honoured, honourable. « ♦ ^ The Gender and Number of Arabic Nouns. 109 Shahi sMhidan, Hiiseyin hazret- • j3 lytj 4^1al» 'vjdUl 'Lj lerinin valideyi inukerremeUri siyyidhji nisa id cdemeen Fatima- Zehra dir^- 7. a. seyy4d master, prince; especially a descendant from Mouhammed, siyyide princess ; nisa womankind, women (collective noun, used as plural). 8. vulg. Fatma. a. itibar et." to consider. ^j^l .9 ^U Reading Exercise, (rr) j.:j ^^J a Poem TerMM Bend. What pleasure is there in the silver and gold of the world? man leaves them all at the time of his journey. Look if there is any permanent colour in the sky, either night or day. or in the sun and moon (light). It is said that Solomon's throne journeyed in the air, novvr winds are blowing in the place of that kingdom (^'. e. it has disappeared, is annihilated). If you wish to be free, do not care for the pleasure, delight sorrow and affliction (grief and anxiety) of the world. Whoever has baseness in his disposition and substance (character), even if he be the grand vizier of the universe for instance, do not expect any good from him. The astrologer looking for stars in the heavens in every direction, (through carelessness), cannot see the well in his way. Those who give regulations to the world only by word (talk), have (there are) a thousand kinds of irregularities found in their homes. The mirror of man is his work, nobody cares for his words. The degree of the wisdom of everybody is seen in his deeds. Though I have suffered some harm, yet I am firm in this opinion, that "Even if he sufferes enmity, honesty fits men; (because) the helper of the just is God the Almighty. Ziya Pasha. Note. Terhibi-Bend is a poem in stanzas of similar metre but of dififerent rhyme; the distichs of each stanza rhyme excepting the last stanza (bend). It diflfers from the Jui ^^S Terji'i-Bind in the fact that these last distichs are not repetitions of the same words. 110 't'v ^j-j^ Lesson 44. ( t • ^^ ^-^^ Lesson 44. The Nisbe a-^1 En-Nishe. S ♦ 1 ^^1 Exercise 104. r.T ^ p. 306. is' Kwc. tSJ^ odee customary; ordinary, inferior. (_j.,i-; 6e?/- «ee oval, jj hey tee household (works). tS^U maddee material ( ^j'-iL. maddiyoun materialists). jL" nebatee botanic ( ,jjjL; mc'6a<j«/0Mw botanists ). J L. »«a»/ce fluid; blue. ojUJ 'j^tia^'ir mer- ctiant, pi. jU.7 fjj^l/ar merchants ; lSjU^T iMyaree mercantile (580 i). ^'"■'i line. J=-b daJchilee internal, home (affairs); civil (war), (AJ,i-li dakhilii/e ministry of Interior, p. 435). ^^jli- Jcharijee external, foreign (.i-=^jU. kharijiye Foreign Office). L millee national. iS_y~y hosnevee Bosnian. ijjjf^\ anqarevee Galatian, a native of Angora. Jj-. mevtee mortal. iSj=^ bahree marine. lJ__x fterree belonging to land, continental. ij,'i> j zemanee tem.pora.ry. 3'''* line. lIj\:>j^ shdavee pertaining to the black bile; splenetic, melancholy (Mjj- sevda is the feminine of j^\ hved § 608). I5_jlc-. semavee celestial. lSJ^I inglieee, ingilizee English. "jllji younanee Hellenic, Greek. ii>ii_^ mirsifounee a native of M^rzifoun (Marsovan). L) leylee boarder, boarding (school). (ijl^; niharee daily, day (scholar). ».:uJjIj j riyaset mathematics = i_j,ilij riyasee mathematical. i_5_;,a sarf grammar = (i_,,a sarfee grammatical. «_^A> hendese geometry = ^^-Ala Mndesee geome- trical. '4'l^i^ joghrafiye geography ^ s^',^ joghrafee geo- graphical. 580 g. liLj rab'banee, reb'banee pertaining to the Lord God, Lord's (prayer). JL>i nouranee luminous, jlc^ zoidmanee dark. jlJ^>.j vahdanee unique, ijli^" tahtanee lower, jtsj.' fivganee upper. (iU*. /iagganee just, equitable (^-ili^ ftag'gaw/yef justice, equity). n » The NisW. Ill 581. 1st line. ^r,-«>L_l islamiyet MuhammedaniBm, Islam. »— L = '^'^ tabiyat disposition, nature (§ 582). i_^j\ ard room in Custom-House. »-^jl ardiyS rent, storage (charged as standing- room or space for articles of commerce, etc. left for a time at a Custom-House). o^jl arz a plot of land. ^^^j\ arzee field ; fern. ^jl arseeye field (productions). ^ ^ shimsiye vulg. sMmshire parasol, umbrella. .Ja-,i zaptiye, zdbtiye gendarme. .z^i'\ iMm- miyet importance. 5«<' line. »;Ju miUiyet nationality. ~^>jJ_r-' inesrouriyet joy. ^^.^y.^ mimnouniyet thanks, thankfulness, ^^.^jj^ mah- zouniyet sorrow, '^^jy L. me-mouriy6t office. ,j^J_^ii« mhh- ghouUyet business. 582. aJsjIj rahita tie, connexion. iiJJ Zaii/e joking, joke; story, (pi. ^tlU Utayif joking stories, anecdotes). o_^i^ moulch- tirS memorandum. -uAi. mouqaddemS preface. ^..jJiL. manzoume poem, i-llj saniye second (of an arc or time). «jji-?- ' ^\^ hamidiye, osmaniyS an official paper or document showing the personality of Ottoman subjects. \*e ^^ Exercise 105. r«Yu^p. 307. 1 . Muhammedanism as well as Christianity believes in the unity of God. 2. If the heat of the sun is excessive I always take an umbrella. 3. Beyzavee (or Beydavee) is one of the dis- tinguished commentators on the Qcran (f 1333). i. Spiritual things are permanent, but the corporeal (or material) things are temporal. 5. The church of the Christians is here, but that of the Jews is in the street yonder. 6. The Muhammedans have five appointed hours of worship (i. e. dawn, noon, midday between noon and sunset = ikindi, sunset and nightfall). 7. I am paying 400 piastres a month for rent of a room in the Custom-House and for pasture-tax. 8. In the past nineteenth century many nations have passed through the dry wilderness of savagery and entered into the fluwery fields of civilisation. 9. There are very many truths in the material, moral and spiritual worlds. 10. (I hear that) the admission fee to the theatre is one quarter of amejidiye, pay it and buy a ticket for me. 1 1 . The Municipality Council is Correct the tJh in the text as />-^- 112 lij. ij-jj Lesson 44. H f working lor the cleanliness of the city with great ardour. 12. I have read in the paper Arousyag-Pontosee (Venus of Pontus) many things relating to rehgious, scientific, political, household and mercantile subjects. \ ."V AJS^j Translation 106. r.Y ^y P 307. ijU "U-il •^-''^ -K^ eJJ^L-J (J,\.x!a' J i^^jM- ij-^ -^ ^ •j2 eJiIl^_ .iliiji '^^j{> (<-"*J^>~^ '^ v-JjijJJjl ° "Jj"^!' .^jjjj.,;? _J .S (jji-l) ilii\J^j iJjeJjl ^_.jIc iC^Jy (3yi-l) jt^jb "^ .|.eJul (^j'(4;,_5^l ^fa t^' ^ ^ 'J^ eJuKll ^:)y*y_ i:>fX) 1. ia/ireer otoMTCjna^ to be "written. 2. mowTiarrer written. 3. p. 6e- jayish exchange of office. 4. Msm«« rwa consent. 5. motiseviyoun (Moiisa Moses). iJ^^\i f^-Lu Keading Exercise, in.) Columbus' Egg (a) Colombosoun Youmourtasi. It is well known that Christopher Columbus, who discovered America, after his discovery of America and return home, was sitting at the banqueting table of king Ferdinand, who conquered the Moors in Spain (Andalusia). One of those who were present, a prince of Spain, envying the honours with which Columbus had been rewarded for the discovery of the New World, said: "Since this continent existed on the face of the earth, it would have been discovered some day or other, even if you had not lived." By this speech he intended to belittle the famous exploit of Columbus: Christopher Columbus answered: "No, your Highness"^, only that person can discover who is able to make an egg stand on its smaller end." Ehuz Ziya. ' prins hanritliri Your Higlmesa (§ 678). 1 ir The Arabic Infinitive. 113 ^ ^ u^'> Lesson 45. The Arabic Infinitive. ij^ jX^ Masdari MAjirrid Primitive Infinitive. <.J jj_y jx^> Masdari MS^eediinfeehi TieTivAtive Infinitive. :,j^ ti>^j jJ>*a. 3Iasdari SUlasiyi MujSrred Prim. Triliteral Infin. ij=^ 'uf-^J JX^ Masdari llUhayiyi Miijirred Prim, Quadril. Inf. aji S[j^ 'jiVj j-i-^y Masdari SMasiyi Mheedun feehi Derivative Tril. Inf. .luj AiJ* '(^^J j-i~<a.» Masdari Mubayiyi M&eedun feehi Deriv. Quadril. Inf. ojilj '-ijj- Houroufou Zayide Servile Letters. .v^ Exercise 107. m i^" p. 316. Infinitives JjX^ Measures Jljj Koot ojU Meaning of the Infinitives. . jil wagJ S^ faql Vji^ Telling - > houhh ji^ fouql • V--1 Love Ai diyar JUi fiqal V-s World ? > houzour J_^ii fouqoul V::^ j Presence 1..S-J vejh Jii faql V4^Si Face jcr Jcemal JUi feqal Vjirli Glory j>Sr, jivar jUi fiqal V j_^j- ! Around r ^. millet ^li; ftqlet Vj'U Nation vJl-a. a-- haqiqat llii faqilet V jil jl Truth L>>U. khelas JUi feqal V|2i^U- Redemption ui-J lisan JUi fiqal 1 y'cj—-' ' Language f" ^I-*-^,-^ nasihat :-.i-.'i faqilet Vt.: Advice Key to the Turkish Cony. -Grammar. 114 •to i^rJJ LesBon 45. 1 \'u Infinitives JjJ-^« Measures J:,_jj Root oil. Meaning of the Infinitives. ^/j sevj S^ faql V'^3 Husband c > fO/rli Ji.3 fougl V2)> Turk K.^^Juli naglime ■- Xij> faqlet V-^ Song (jU---j nebf-an ii'^l'i faqlan vp Flowing :i> taraf jii faqcU V'^Si Side ^_>3 fevt J^ faql Vo> Dying ■l. J^J resoul Jjii faqoul V:ii3 Apostle :^>1 akhret \ :^:ui faqlet v:^i Next world d€inya J^ fouqla V^s World oL; nebat JUi faqal V:-'; Plant 4_i_j biyza :-.'iVj faqlet V:^;: Egg '-.'.>ll ^alamet Ijui feqalet v-u Sign 0 c:j'J.»j I vahdet i ;^iii faqlet Vo.. U nity c^ — >■ jennet '.- 'iV; faqlet VcA. Heaven , V; qalb cAi faql V'^ii Heart i'-"^. jism Jii flql V'r- Body 'C-jL- sefliie *i-Xi faqilet Vi^ Ship T o^-LJ ftqm ■- Xli ftqlet V:^ Section .ul sema JUi feqal v-.^ Sky oQX. soidtan foiiqlan VvL King •^J ribb,rabb ji^ faql V'^:3 Lord 1 «B The Arabic iDfinitives. 115 Infinitives JjJv^s. Measures J:.}j Root ojL. Meaning of the Infinitives. gj_^.5 qoiivvet fouqlit Vss'i Strength j.i- hamd J.ii faql V'x^ Praising X<1 MCIita Jl'ii fouqal V'JC Weeping Y \l'j^J vesv^sS ■^liij faqUle V:.S"3 Anxiety ojIj j z'tyade 11 UJ f'lqalet V'^.3 More uCJl insan ui^ii ftqlan ^^\ Man o\"^ sMikran fouqlan n^ Thanks \\ ilah Jij fiqal V;ji god 3. CJ^J (*i«' Keading Exercise. ( ri ) Psalm 84. Pleasant are Thy courts above, In the land of light and love; Pleasant are Thy courts below, In this land of sm and woe. 0 my spirit longs and faints For the converse of Thy saints, In the brightness of Thy face, King of glory, God of grace. Happy birds that sing and fly Piound Thy altars, 0 Most High Happier souls that find a rest In our heavenly Father's breast! Like the wandering dove, that found No repose on earth around, They can to their ark repair, And enjoy it ever there. Happy souls! their praises flow Even in this vale of woe; Waters in the desert rise, Manna feeds them from the skies: On they go from strength to strength, Till they reach Thy throne at length, 8* 116 t."; u-J-> -Lesson 46. m At Thy feet adoring fall, Who hast led them safe through all. 4. Lord, be mine this prize to \vm. Guide me through this world of sin: Keep me by Thy saving grace; Give me at Thy side a place; Sun and shield ahke Thou art; Guide and guard my erring heart! Grace and giory flow from Thee; Shower, 0 shower them, Lord, on me. Henry Francis Lyte. i'^ ^J^ Lesson 46. Nouns derived from Primitive Triiiterai Verbs. ^^»^ jJ.*a» Masdarl Mimi Noun with Mim. (jl^ p_| Ismi Mekian Noun of Location. c-l \ p.-l Ismi Alet Noun of Instrument. ijUj jv-l Ismi Zeman Noun of Time. \ -A ,AZ Exercise 108. rt^ u^ p. S19. ♦ A ^»i I 6°- ' '• '' 5'» ",-' ' 4*_ '•'. - ' 3°„ '" 'I 2". ' , . '' 1" '*: ' OJ.*«jl.4 t..^J-VA.« i^,«i,.« k ;J.«.*w9 ^J.«-?c^ ^.^..A-X^ . lO'f- ° ' /, -I \ ' 9'- 1 " ' ' 8',t' ' ' 7". "•'• " ' ilzijA (homily) C^i jt^ JJ j* ;_jyi«-« 1. mezheb Denomination. 2. mahmedSt Praise. 3. nies^edef Happiness. 4. tnenfa'at Benefit. 5. niaqderSt Strength. 6. mef- sedet Sedition. 7. maghferet Forgiveness. 8. mevUd Birth. 9. ma'rifet Skill. 10. mev'ize Sermon. N ♦ ^ j^U Exercise 109. rr • ^.^ p. 320. • «"f-". ' ' 5" ^' ' < 4' ' •• ' I 3°,^ ' ,' I 2° J^- ' I l' '' ' t 13 . • ' < 11, -f< ' ' IOjU'- ' ' 9jf"» ' S T-' ' '.'I- ' ' . "'i ' it^^i^ <4Poz^ *~ r* -viaissr,* 9jV_a,« 4jtU_« <L-.j-C4 1. mh'^a Pasture. 2. merkeb Donli:ey. 3. inSdkMl Entrance. 4. niakkrej Outlet. 5. in^sken Dwelling. 6. ni6nzare View. medresS Seminary. 7. inemlSha Salt pit. 8. maqbSre Cemetery. 9. jwaftfa^a Envelope. 10. JMes6^?e Dung-hill. 11. JHe/iMm^ Court- house. 12. mSvgi' Situation. nv Nouns derived from Primitive Triliteral Verbs. 117 -' ' 18" 1. • 1 17' -° - I 16M •• ' ' 15\ " ' ' 14't -" ' ' 13 il - l/^ • iT-''^-* ^-y* UJ^-* -or~K« Jai— ^ K_Ua^ I^nI ■- '\t' '20"'!'; • ' 19 - 13. inatlp Arising. 14. masqtt A place where a tiling falls. 15. Htcsjid Mosque. 16. Jiten^i! Haulting-place; a house. 17. m^vqi' Locality, position. 18. mejlis Meeting. 19. maqass Scissors. 20. minarS Light-house. 21. tneelad Birth-day. ^ \ ♦ ^^i Exercise 110. rr t i^- p. 321. Atalar Seosu Ancestors' Sayings. 1. Kind words 'draiv the serpent out of its hole, (while) unkind words drive a man out of his religion (he gets furious). "2. They said to the blindman that candles had got very high in price; he said: "I do not care a bit." 3. Gold is tested in fire, men in affliction. 4. Believe your own eyes rather than another's words. 5. Until one has passed the bridge one should say 'father' to the devil. 6. They catch the ox by its horns and the man by his words. 7. No rose without a thorn: no friend without a fault. 8. Both spurious money and bad words are the owner's. 9. Don't be proud and say 'there is nobody equal to me,' (because) a contrary {moulchalif) wind will blow and winnow you like a threshing-floor. 10. If it is said that there is a wedding-feast in the sky, woman will look for a ladder to put up {qourmaq). 11. Sir, greatness is gained neither by age nor by wealth, but only by perfect character. 12. Whoso seeks a faultless friend remains friendless. ^1^9 j^J Beading Exercise, (rv) Ufaghtneyi Hayat A Psalm of Life. 1. Tell me not, in mournful numbers' Life is but an empty dream^! For the soul is dead^ that slumbers'^. And things are not what they seem. 2. Life is real^! Life is earnest" And the grave' is not its goaP; "Dust thou art, to dust returnest," Was not spoken of the soul. Words. 1. elha'ni mahzounane: elhan pi. of lahn song, mah- goimane mournful, sad. 2. rouya'yi valiee. 3. madoum m^foul of j-jx. 4. p. khahidd olan m^foul of o-J^lj^- (§ 548). 5. jiddi msh^ of 'j^. 6. yashayiji ^Jc^jliL. 7. qabr. 8. iS^j'^l' Jjv. menzili maqsoiidou. 118 itY ij-J-i Lesson 47. MA 3. Not enjoyment, and not sorrow Is our destined end or way". 5. In the world's broad field of battle, In the bivouac of life". Be not like dumb", driven cattle! Be a hero in the strife. 6. Trust no future, howe'er pleasant; Let the dead past bury its dead : Act, — act in the living present ^^! Heart within, and God o'erhead"- 7. Lives of great men^'^ all remind us We can make our lives sublime'^, And, departing, leave behind us Footprints on the sands of time; 8. Footprints, that perhaps another, Sailing o'er life's solemn main, A forlorn and shipwrecked brother. Seeing, shall take heart again. 9. Let us, then, be up and doing. With a heart for any fate ; Still achieving, still pursuing'-'^. Learn to labour and to wait. Longfellow. 9. SSfa vd jefa maqse'di hayati teshkil edemez. 10. hayath't moimaqqat (temporary) ordougiahinda (camp). 11. ghaij'r'i natiq (625'"). 12. ziiide olan zema'ni lialdi' pasha! 13. Jena'bi Haqq ?sf hasMM oujounda dh: 14. zeva'ti kiramh'i hayati. 15. jelil ve jemil noble and subUme (698) ol vejh'le in that manner; imtisal et." to follow, imitate. 16. dayima hitirerek dayima bashlayaraq. ^V t^Jt> Lesson 47. Arabic Participles. 1. JtU ^1 Ismi Fayil Subjective Participle. \ \ \ AZ Exercise 111. rrn. ^- p. 324. '7', 1' t 6 . f 15 \ t 4' tM. c 3' f I 2' , 1 11° |'» J^'j t^jls- ^«l>- jl?li .Sjl) JaU A*C 1. s/iff/iid witness. 2. J«/(/ngnorant. 3. 6rtr/f? cold, ^.nazh- director. 5. hamee patron. 6. jaree flowing. 7. vasil arriving;. 1^^ Arabic Participles. 119 8. raghib desirous. 9. saKm safe. 10. t-alim wise. 11. laztm necessary. 12. banee builder. 13. ghazee champion. 14. laytq worthy. 15. mayil inclined. 16. qayil -willing. 17. ^alee high. 18. vayiz preacher. 19. janee criminal. 20. ktaliin priest. 2. J^,i«^„l Ismi Mefoul Objective Participle. N \ Y -Jui' Exercise 112. rro ^ p. 325. '6 ' . ' < 5 .'• ' I 4 1 ' , ' ' 3, ' 1 ' c 2 {• ' ' 1 1 i*. ' r-jjs=^ k_j_jt_,.« J>6^-« J_j*— « !*y*'* (J_^'-< 113 .'"'IS. '': ' 11, '.'i <■ 10 \ '-' <■ & ''--Bi. '"'7./..°'' 19 "'il8 • f'il7 'ilO^,°'il5 '°'114 .'•' • ^_yf-» wS^js^-* ^-^r* >^r«-' -^>«^ 1^^=^ 1. mSnqoul told. 2. tna'loum known. 3. meslihoiid wit- nessed to. 4. iweJftoMZ unknown. 5. JM^r^ftoMb desirable. 6. i«e;- rowTi wounded. 7. m^rdoud rejected. 8. mebz.ous delegate. 9. mesrour joyful. 10. maqboul acceptable. 11. inSmnou^. forbidden. 12. mhnnoun thankful. 13. mSrsee pleased. 14. tnakh- fee secret. 15. niimhour sealed. 16. mehdee rightly guided; Mahdi. 17. niSheeb awful. 18. makhouf dreadful. 19. mSnhi forbidden. 3. Y-^' ^^^-^ Adjective of Quality. \ \ V ^' Exercise 113. rn ij- p. 326. ' 13 > A. 1. meseeh Anointed. 2. seheel easy. 3. 'azeem great. 4. Uzeez delicious. 5. sagldr young. 6. nejeeb noble. 7. qareeb near. 8. jemeel beautiful. 9. kebeer great. 10. saheeh true. ll.sMreefholy. 12. lateef 'kind. 13. S^reem kind. 14. gwdeem old. . j_j-& j_j=t& jj—^ J^-J Jj5=t >.Jy>; D. B. 1. 9-ajouI hasty. 2. resold apostle. 3. jesour brave. 4. 9-ajoii.z weak. 5. ghayour diligent. • > 5 • ' ' *i.i! ' '^li^ ' 'J^J ' '^~. (J^) A. ' '^^J.1 ' 11 • A ' 10 ' ' 9 ..N^' 8 I ^ ' ' : '^ -'V,-'' 120 tv ^ji Lesson 47. »r* 4, Adjective of Colour and Defect. ' (bile, gall) ly^ = ji^l ' &«" = J^l ' (melancholy) '^^- = ^ 5. J^T ^-,1 Noun of Superiority. \ N i J* Exercise 114. rrv ^ p. 327. 3' = rJ^'''J^ = J^l ' T^^ = U?! ■^y :6 r- '_ l5~^ - ''^.- ■f-' '^"11^ = :ji:'' r«j^:, = "j=-:y 1 ' «CU' - = il^i"jfip = ( 13:1:° ( ' - *■; I 12 ,| ' 'f^ v-= a. «2sa, qqusva farthest. 1. efsal, fouzla very superior. 2. elzem, louzma indispensable. 3. ejhe}, jiiMa very ignorant. 4. erhem, rouhma most merciful. 5. esh-her, shfihra very famous. 6. ehsen, hiisna better, best. 7. ef-azSm, 'ouzma greater. 8. a9-la, 'Cilya excellent. 9. evsat, vousta middle. 10. esfel, s'Cifla inferior. 11. aqdem, qoudma former. 12. eslem, sftlma most safe. 18. eshah (escihh') true, most sound. 14. esbaq very anterior. <>. Jtlj <uJL« The Noun of Excess. \ \ 0 JliJ Exercise 115. rrA ^^ p. 328. 1 7!" -r ' ' '-':^' jlJl ' jUac ' 7-\ ^ jUp "t-Ms J!^ ' li \'a < 13. r' ' 15 1 =' 1. hammal porter. 2. fellah villager. 3. ghaffar the most merciful. 4. seyyah traveller. 5. Uittar perfumer. 6. hezzaz linen-draper. 7. sarcwf money-changer. 7a. sarra/' banlier. 8. Tchal- laq creator. 9. jebbar tyrant. 10. meddah joker. 11. dellak shampooer. 12. sayyad hunter. 13. minnan AH -Bounteous. 14. shemmas deacon. 1.5. r^ssam painter. * The correct form is z^^i; see Exercise 1.52 in the Kev. ♦ '' ' Arabic Participles. 121 N N ■\ (,Jl* Exercise 116. rr»i. u^ p. 329. 1- W.O = jis to write: Fayil ^K^ kmtib clerk; Dual ui-TB hiatiMyn two clerks, Cj^.^'^'kCatiheen clerks. 2. Mefoul ^y^. mektoub letter: Fem. pi. ol^^.'x. mektoubat, Dual i>i_jl.<!i jji^/c- tottbhjn two letters. 3. 0» j~ ivrgftf = .^Jji theft: Fayil JjL sang thief: Dual dn.5jL sariqeyn two thieves, Masc. pi. OujL ' oj9jL- sariqeen, sariqoun thieves; Mefoul jj_;__.x. wjesroMj stolen, F.pl. lO lij^—— me'srouqat stolen things. 4. .^I emr command, order : Fayil _,•! amir a superior officer: Masc. pi. oJ^'\ amiroun. Mefoul jj^ U we-jKoitr (subordinate) officer: Adj. Qual. j-^\ ^mcer commander; ruler. Dual ol^l emeeran two commanders. 5. Jip 'i7»i = Jis wisdom: Fayil lie '«Zim wise, Masc. pi. i>Llt 'alimeen wisemen; M6foul »_jL. ma'loum, ma'lum known: Fem. pi. »^L.jl». ma'lmnat knowledge, N. of Sup. pJU-t e-a'Um wiser. Ad. Qual. Jc aleem Omniscient, N. of Ex. ^>U aHam Omniscient. 6. J,^>.^'eAngnorance = J.ii: Fayil JaI=- jahil ignorant, Mefoul ijj^f^ mejhoul un- known ; passive (verb), Fem. pi. cJ^j-^ mejhoulat unknown matters. 7. p. ^^ muhur seal, Mefoul Jjr-" "mimliour sealed. 8. ~ , mesh to anoint: Ad. Qual. 7c._« meseeh Christ, the Anointed. 9. oiL-j resalet mission ^ oJili: Ad. Qual. Jj-j re'sowZ apostle (of our Lord), prophet (Muhammed), Mas. pi. i>)_j.-.j resouleen apostles, prophets; Mefoul Jj-^^ meraoul sent, Fem. pi. oV_j-_^» mersoulat goods sent. 10. :55c: fy'a inability: Fayil js-lt aji^; unable, Ad. Qual. Fem. oj_y=cs- ajouzS, ajouza old woman; hag. 11. jL,^ saghar smallness: N. of Sup. _,i,^l isgher smaller. Dual i>__,i,^l isghereen two smaller ones. Jhs- ttir rose-geranium, N. of Ex.: jUaj attar perfumer: Masc. pi. i>.J*i»=- attareen perfumers. 122 i.y LTJ-i Lesson 47. irf 12. w!~ jem collecting: Fayil wl=- jami mosque, M6foul 9-j-^x^ mejmou' assembled; the whole, Abstract noun by the addition of he 4i_^==^ mejmou'a collection (§ 582): Fem. pi. oltj-^?:^ mejmou'at collections. 13. ^S^ medh', c^^j^ viidhat = JOi praising; any laudable act: Fayil j-jU inadiK eulogist, Mefoul j-jA-w memdouh' praiseworthy, N. of Ex.: t-Ia-. meddali joker. 14. ^1__^-^ ' t|j_j-. ' l_;i*»?8am™ red, sevda black; melancholy, sa/ra the bile, the gall: are the adjectives of colour of ^ljjJ- ' jI_j— ' ^_j.M p. 827. fJJ qidcm priority: N. of Sup. Masc. ^-Ul aqdeni former, prior (to this); -k-j vasat the middle point: X. of Sup. Fem. (j,k-._j voiista middle. N \V fJU" Exercise 117. '^.r^ ^^ p. 329. 1. To cut .lai qai': One who cuts, sharp »Ll3 gaii, cut t_^ki... maqtou'. 2. To hear «.«_-< -sA;/'.- hearer ».Lw sami' pi. ^_^L. .s'amij/Oim hearers: heard ?_^<— ' mesmou pi. ijjltj^^--. me's- jMoii'at things heard. 3. To wound ^y jerk': Fayil ^jU Jcrri/i. wounder, Masc. pi. i>:^jl=. jariheen wounders, Dual Ca-^jU. jari- heyn two wounders, Mefoul '-j^^* mejrouh wounded: Masc. pi. O^^jj^ mijroulieeii wounded ones. 4. ^^'isdom J^c ">hn = Jij ; Fayil ilc- ^alim wise. Dual C^-llt alimcyn two wisemen, Masc. pi. dnl If- 'alimeen wise people; Mefoul fjl«« ma'Ktm, maloum, Fem. pi. ol-jl«« maloumat, Turk. pi. jllUjL. malumatlar N. of Sup. JLtl e-aHim wiser. 5. To sit ,."1)^=- jMous ^ ij^: N. of Location ,_,.l==.- »i^;7i6' council. 6. To judge ,.»5C^ hCil-iii: Faj-il <T:^ /iafcim judge, Ma.sc. pi. 0-u5^ Imkimeen, N. of Loc. .vjC^ mah'keme, meli- kimr court, M(5foul rj^'^' inah'kum condemned : Masc. pi. J^-jC'. mali'hihnceii condemned people. 7. Greatness ^^Jss- ci.saiiiet: «'''" Arabic Participlea. 123 Ad. Qual. Jit azeem great, N. of Sup. pJitl e-'azdm, a'zam greater, greatest. 8. To create jli khalq: Fayil jlli /c/joZig, N. of Ex.: ^}^ khallaq Creator. 9. To cook ^\g tdbkh: N. of Loo. puL. mathakh kitchen; Fayil ^IJ» talikh, N. of Excess j^-LL tab'hakh cook, Tur. ^jv^] ashji. 10. Ignorance ^)L>. ' V~.jehalet,jeM: Fayil J»l>. ja7it7 ignorant, Masc. pi. CnUL jahilin ignorant persons : Mefoul Jljf^ mSjlioiil unknown: Fern. pi. cJijf^- mejhoulat un- known things. N. of Sup. j!^i = Jiii ejhel very ignorant. 11. To anoint ^^^^ mesh' : Ad. Qual. Tt— ,. Mheeli Messiah. N N A ,JiJ^ Exercise 118. rr\^ p. 329. j^" 1. God Most High is the Greatest, the Most merciful, the Forgiver and the Omniscient One. 2. The Creator of this world and of all things (mevjoudat) and creatures in the world is Almighty God. 3. Have you any command concerning the letter which the clerk has to write? 4. Yes, after having written the letter let him take it and deliver with his own hand to the postmaster. 5. How is the current of the river? — It is very violent. 6. "To carry stones with wiseman is better than Lo go to a banquet with an ignorant (jahil) man." 7. Our ancestors have said that one who knows his ignorance is not ignorant, he is wise: but a wise man who does not know his ignorance is not wise but ignorant. 8. "Do not be too low (humble) for people will trample upon you, nor too high (pound) for people will hang you." 9. The best and most famous apples come from Amassia, a city in Asia Minor. 10. Japan is in the Farthest East {aqsa'yi sharq). \ W <V*>.J Translation 119. rr. ^j^ p. 330. CiXiJh jUUjj ^j~T' ^y-^^ iSj,} y. 'j^ ***i'-'-' ''^'^•^■^ ^ ' The irregular pi. of eSJ qadeeni is qoudenm (§ 645 a). 124 'uV u-J^ Lesson 47. 1 rt j^l .9 ^,Ji<u Reading Exercise. ( rA ) A Litany of Praise to God. 1. God is gracious, merciful (and) omniscent; God the Most High is the giver of life; Each of His loving kindnesses how gracious and excellent it is! He has been merciful (to us) another year. Let us know this (to be) a great kindness to us, Let us say that His kindness is sufficient for us. Let us thank His All-Glorious name. Let our lives be sacrificed to His love. '•I. He is All-Glorious, All-Gracious, His kindness abundant. The All-Compassionate has turned the desert into a meadow. He is the creator of the universe, He is the remedy of affliction Again He has been patient another year. The King is holy, great and light He only is all-powerful (Owner of limitless might). While we were walking in wrong way He waited for us patiently another year. 3. He is omnipresent, All-Seeing and always present. The All-Bounteous has kept his people free from evil. While all mankind were worthy of condemnation He has spared us for another year. IRev. Avedis Constantian. «jLi sliayi is the Fa\'il of c._j,i shouyou. iro The Derivative Triliteral Infinitives of Arabic. 125 lA ^J::> Lesson 48. The Derivative Triliteral Infinitives of Arabic. Notes: ]. All the nine measures of the Derivative Triliteral Infinitives are called ^L lah: as jL JJiJ ' jl, JUJ| Tefqil bah'i, Ifqal babi and not Jjj J-iU ' Jjj JUil Tdfqil v&ni, Ifqal vezni. oJJ is proper to the Primitive Triliteral Infinitives and Participles: ^8 (jjj '^:^ ' ij'jJ J^l^ FaglSt v^mi, Faqil vemii. 2. The most important classes of noun that form their plurals regularly are the Nine Derivative Infinitives, which form their plural according to the rule of Reg. Fem. pi. (o|_ -at §§ .578, 647); as: vO>U5Ci; ' oVliil tislikilat, idkhalat etc. 3. All these Derivative Infinitives are used in Turkish as verbal nouns with the Auxilliary verbs dLJJl ' ■^ilA ' J-^Li (§§ 272, 274 and 275). 4. The plural of some of the Infinitives of the measure J-Jij TSfqeel is made irregularly (§ 648). \Y» -^Jbo Exercise 120. rrr ^ p. 38S. II. J-JiiJ = JSa." Tefqeel (Transitive). J..010 dt^ji) 4Ja=; J-^-> 3^y ?t— L.) j^^;j I -.T I 11 . .:_' 1 10 ,' °- I 9 • I- <■ Sji .-'17. <.'-'°- a. tSnveer to illuminate. I. tebleegh to communicate. 2. <«;r- feeg' to send as companion. 3. taqleel to reduce. 4. takhtiye to cause to fail. 5. tebreed to make cold. 6. tSb?€ed to remove. iSskeen to calm. 8. tahreek to excite. 9. teshreef to honour. 10. tavsiye to recommend. 11. takhfeef to lighten. 12. tasdeeq to affirm. 13. tebyeez to copy fairly.- 14. tekdeer to scold. 14a. tahveel to change. 15. tegyeen to adorn. 16. terbiye to educate. 17. tesliyS to comfort. 18. tSjdeed to renew. 18 a. ic- fereefc to congratulate. 19. tSbsheer to evangelize. 20. tahmeed to praise. ' 6 < 13 126 'lA u-J^ Lesson 48. tr'V SX\ j^U Exercise 121. rr\. 0= P- S34. III. 4lcU-4 = aIsU^ MUfaqale (Reciprocal). ' '•>' •''!' ' ' 'i°_ "'!'• ' ' 3°, '1- ' ' 2° ', '1' ' < 1° "r ' ' a'T' r ' !*•_>-' I i ' ' 13a* ''I- ' " 13°' '0 ' ' 12' ^i^ ' a. »«,^6«deZe to exchange. 1. jjioitjayese to compare. 2.tnou- 9-ahede treaty. 3. moulchaseme contention. 4. nififaraqat departure. 5. mou'arefe acquaintance. 6. miczayede auction. 7. mtilciuleme conversation. 8. infmazaf-a quarrelling. 9. mou- hafaza protection. 10. 'infibaj/a^-a to buy. 11. tnutareke iirmistice. 12. nvCihakeme lawsuit. 13. miijahede endeavour. 13 a. mouharebe war. 14. m'ushareket partnership. \YY ^M Exercise 122. rro ^ p. 38-5. IV. Jl«9l= Jfel Jfqal (Transitive). a. ('««r(' to illuminate. 1. ■ifcZw^/ireaching. 2. istfar to issue. 3. *sg€«t to throw down. 4. /sirtZ to lead astray. 5. ish-glial to occupy. 6. i^nar to improve. 7. iV/iwr to show. 8. ifaze to pour out. 9. izale to remove. 10. imale to incline. 11. idawe to lend money. 12. ilaU' to lengthen. 13. idare to manage. 14. iyzali to explain. 15. ii/Jad to invent. 16. ii/rad to put forward. 17. i^am to send. 18. i^am to murder. 19. ■i'/'odc to explain to. 20. itmam to finish. 21. ihraq to burn. 21a. ■(&- raj to push out. 22. iyade to return. t ry The Derivative Triliteral Infinitives of Arabic. 127 wx- ^ J Exercise 123, rra ^ p. 335. y. jili 0 t'- " Tefagqonl (Intransitive). "'dd "'Jxi '^J^ ' 3*,i ,f I 2' ^^^id' ^^ys ' "eS"^' ' > - . . 10° /.- 'i'''^ '^)i 1 20" ^^X-' ' ''^li ' 18' i ,-' ' " j*^ ' " j:^ ' "J If ' -^ 21 1^-' ' 20 a <^S .'j a. fe»euVftr to become luminous. 1. tekis's'iir to be increased. 2. tekSb'bUr to be proud. 3. teham'mdl to be patient. 4. teshek'- kCil conformation. 5. tebed'dfil change. 6. temel'lUk to talce possession. 7. teqar'rtir to be stationary. 8. tenas'sour to be- come Christian. 9. tS-ed'dCib to be polite. 10. tezevvCij to marry. 11. tedefrfis to Jearn. 12. t&-essfif to regret. 13. te^-ad'di to persecute. 14. tekel'lUm to speak. 15. U-el'luf to compile. 16. teselli to comfort. 17. U-eh'hul to marry. 18. tejimmitf- to meet together. 19. tegekkHr to consult. 20. teshekkHr to thank. 20 a. tesMk'ki to complain. 21. temenni to ask favour. \ Y i -^JuV Exercise 124. rn ^ p. 336. 1. The Ten thousand having crossed the icy and snowy mountains and flowery fields of Ararat, when they reached Trebizond cried out 'The Sea, the Sea', and expressed great joy. 2. The teacher delivered a speech yesterday evening: he explained (beijan ou ujzah itdi) how and when the steam- engine was invented. 3. Mr. Cross {KhachSr) wrote his will (vaseeyet), and after signing it, he sent it for ratification to the Notary Public. 4. Have you paid your debt? — I have given a note (tahveel) to pay (my debt) within a month (bit- mah zarfmda or murourounda). 5. The zeal of the young men is great (kebeer) but their experience is deficient. 6. What is 4 + 6 — 5 equal to? 4 + 6 is 10, 10 — 5 is equal to 5 (zayid plus, naqis minus, musavee equal). 7. Have you prepared ray passport? — Yes, sir, if you come to my office to-morrow you will get (receive) it. 8. Don't say that word, because instead of pacifying the anger of the master it increases it {tah- reek edir). 9. He was so feeble that he was unable to utter even a word. 10. Teaching {taleem) confirms study {teallum). 11. Criticism {Itiras) is easy but invention {ihda') is difficult. 128 tA u'J^ Lesson 48. t ''■'> \ Y 0 ^^j Translation 125. rrv ^ p. 337. tii Cyj-* ^ • j-^-)'-'' ^j'^^ '*i(it' *?"^" -^^ Ci^-l) 4j^J J>.:> • jJ.^aJjI j^^ e.~i>-'^ '^'- — '^*' ^ *'^J^!i^ '^^ -^ '^ "^ ^y__^dli:j 15^1 ci-^^^ '^ -^^-^J J^ Vvtlw "aU^-I iX^J^ iiLj^ jjjT) <d|.' (<!^ "-^^ ij-yri" ^ " •li^^!.' "-^ c/"-* ._jJt oiUll OjS 'U.«)-^L'. e.ij^i=^' o-UX« iIjA^c (^j— ^ 0 ■J-'^^ 1. pi. of ^«3 satee. 2. ihemmiyetli important. 3. pi. of ^-'~'- liabib. 4. tesaveer pi. of tasveer (§ 648). 5. tado ia pi. of ^adou eneraj'. 6. biljumle. 7. te^addiyat is pi. of te'addi. 8. touyonr. C^\'k /^JUi Beading Exercise, (r^) jli-,j3 Friendship. A true friend is more precious than all the treasures of the world, but he is very rare. One who thinks that he has many friends, has none, because not every friend is a friend. One who expresses friendship for everybody, cannot be a friend to any one. The older the friendship is, the stronger and firmer it is. He who finds a virtuous and true friend, must know well that he has found a great treasure. A friend in the time of ^r^ The Derivative Triliteral Infinitives of Arabic. 129 affliction his friend's comforts him and diminishes his sorrows, and increases his joy in his joyful time. One of the remarkable sayings of Voltaire is this: "The greatest joy that an honest man can ever feel comes from making his friends happy." The fundamental conditions of friendship are to show^ real sympathy and perfect fidelity (kSmalt emniyit), sincerity of heart (or a sincere heart khotdou- soii qalb) and {ilS) love, faithfulness and loyalty {vefakiarliq) to each other; and in the time of necessity to show {ihraz) self- denial to each other. Prof. Naji. i\ ^J^ Lesson 49. N Y^ *i* Exercise 126. rf ^ p. 340. YI. JcliT = J»lr Xefaqoul (Reciprocal). ■ 7 . "U- I 6 , I.- 15, I - ' 4 ' I - i 3 U- I 2 I I - I 1 I - 1. tenasour mutual help. 2. tenasill generation. 3. tSta- 6^o becoming consecutive. 4. tSsadUm collision. 5. tibayild to be distant. 6. t^nasHTch transmigration of soul. 7. tinaqpue contradiction. \ YV ^^ Exercise 127. r'^- ^ p. 340. TIL JUiJi = JfiiJI Infixed (Intr., Pas.). ' '\\j.i[ ' 'Miii "^Gt^'i ' VV>1 "j^^°i "J:^ii a. infisetl removal. 1. inqtlab revolution. 2. itigtyad obedience. B. 'indifa^ expelling. 4. inqibag constipation. 5. «m- st6«6 inundation. 6. inhilal solution. 7. itikisar to be broken. 8. injizah to be attracted. 9. inshirah' to be cheerful. 10. iw- f.iqad to be gathered. 11. inhidam demolition. 12. inhizam to be crushed. 13. in^ikias reflection. 14. itikisar restricting. 14 a. tnjimad freezing. Key to the Turkish Conv.-Grainmar. 9 130 't^ i_rji Lesson 49. (r»- \ Y A (tAjo Exercise 128. n.r u" p. 342. VIII. JU:»I=J&»I J/iftg«Z (Intr., Pass.). a. ittihad union*. 1. irtibat connexion. 2. ikhtiyar pre- ference. 3. intishar publication. 4. irtidad apostacy. 5. intizam regularity. 6. i^tiqad creed. 7. imtihan examination. 8. izdivaj marriage. 9. izdiyad growth. 10. ittifaq alliance. 11. ittisal union, connexion. 12. irtihal to travel (to die). 13. ikhtilal revolution. 14. ihtiram honouring. 15. ihtiyaj need. IX. J:^t = J>ll«t Ifqilal (Colour). a. ihmirtir to become intensely red. b. isvidad to become intensely black, c. ihdibab to be hump-backed, d. ighbirar vexation. N Y ^ ,^' Exercise 129. ri^r ^ p. 343. X. J,«ilit = Jllillt Istifqal (Demand). '^"-u'la.:Jt "f^'' "^I'^'-^-t "j^S-' 'V^-' 8 - iX. ■! '7 l' •■ °| '6 I' .- °| - e_)\ »l, r-\f^ — '' ' i'_j=J^-'' 1. istifliam interrogation. 2. istijar to rent. 3. istirdad to be restored. 4. isti^lam to ask for knowledge. 5. istidame perseverance. 6. istijvab to question. 7. istikhraj to extract. 8. istishare to consult. * In verbal sense 'to be united, to be connected, to be pre- ferred' etc. tr» The Derivative Triliteral Infinitives of Arabic. 131 The (Juadriliteral Derivative Infinitives. There is only one measure of Quadriliteral Derivative Infinitives used in Ottoman Turkish which is JlSij Tefaqlid. 3 ;° ;- ' 2 .!'•- ' 1°, '- • ^jJjJj Ojj' J.~.l~-J 1. teselsftl continuous succession. 2. tegelz€il trembling. 3. tezebzUb waving. \t* f»Ju( Exercise 130. ri.r ^ p. 343. '* ^' 1. Has your anxiety passed away^? — Yes, sir: it is said 'The end of patience is peace,' anxiety is removed by patience. 2. Were you much troubled by the multitude? — Yes, sir, we were troubled much by the crowding of the multitude. 3. What plan^ has been adopted in hand for the storing of victuals^? — Sir, we could not agree and come to a decision. 4. Have the thieves confessed the case of murder at their interrogation*? — Yes, sir, they have confessed and after a triaP have been sentenced to execution. 5. When did the death of your grand- father occur? — It occured in 1872 in Constantinople. 6. Did you rent that house? — No, sir, not having an acquaintance with the house owner we could not agree about the rent. 7. I asked pardon of the teacher for not being able to compare my translation with the text. 8. Wisdom and diligence consist of patience and endeavour^. 1. d^f olmaq. 2. tedbeer. 3. gakheere corn. 4. istintaq. 5. mou- halcemi. 6. dirayit ou sekiavH sabr ou ijtihaddan ibaret dir. NVN <^j Translation 131. rtt i^" P- 344. (.>_j»L) t534.1)l i\yj ^j Jjll Jj5- X C-J^^ -^ *-"(<*^ ^ r fjjip 0 . ^JJ,^ jl^:j| ^^ ^zjIj ^11 JVIj Jjli (J(^Jjil dl ' X^J^ BSit>\x^ "^ • JjJjl Sfcl Jjjkl A>.ljjl ■A:--11j jlljjj;^ Jjlll^Lw* 132 'l.^ ltjj Lesson 49. irr JjSiLl ji Jj jjj i jfi y •iS-'^J-}^ (J*^ *-^ il^j2 J jv^ J>l^ f^-iju Reading Exercise. (r») Nejabeti Haqiqiye Ti'ue Nobility. Consider that man is not born great from his mother, either morally or physically. I wonder if we ask the peers of England, the princes of France and all the nobihty of the world, is it possible to find anybody who can trace his ancestry to the beginning of Creation? Leaving out of consideration tradition and mythology, let us consider {gebzumuziin eonimi alarm)) some events which are proved by history among the Ottomans, and even (to avoid falling into prolixity), let us omit the Arabian dynasties. The founder of the Saffaree dynasty (A. D. 882—905) of Khorasan was a bandit, the founder of the Ghaznevide dynasty (A. D. 997—1155) of Persia was a slave. The man who elevated the dynasty of the Seljuks (in Central-Asia and Asia Minor) to such a degree of power, grandeur and magnificence in the world of diplomacy, — was he not a chief of a nomadic tribe? What need is there [to go farther] ; was not the founder of the vast empire of humanity which ruled half of the world a Tartar chief? Was not Tamerlane — whose equal in the number of his victories has not come into the world, — among the descendants of a man who was one of the servants of Jengiz Khan? Such dynasties as those of the Atabegs (in Persia, A. D. 1147 — 1340), of the Eyyoubites and Mamelouks (in Egypt) ^ were they not founded either by a strong young soldier or by an energetic slave? Among those who were of well known families in the Otto- man Empire ought to be mentioned (the first grand vizier 1360—1386) Jendereli Qara Halil, who was an ordinary student of Canon Law; (the distinguished grand vizier the horror of Europe in XVI. century) Kebprulu Mehemmed Pasha, who was a cook in the Imperial Palace, (the founder of the Khedivial dynasty in Egypt) Mehemmed Ali Pasha, who was but the son of a farmer. KMal Bey. irr The Participles of Derivative Infinitives. 133 ® * Lr'^i> Lesson 50. The Participles of Derivative Infinitives. MesieedUn Feehi Masdarlarin Ismi Fayil ve Mefoullarl. Note. 1. Tine plurals of Subjective and Objective Participles formed from the nine Derivative Infinitives are made regularly: the rational masculine nouns with -een (§ 573) and the others with -at (§ 576); as: ,>__^L_ musafireeii guests, ol__,*_j^ mujev- herat jewels, ob^j=i^ mouharrerat writings, o>l.Ci« mmlikilat difficulties. 2. These Participles are used in Ottoman either as nouns or as verbal nouns, they are regarded as Compound Intransitive Verbs and are used with the verb jljl olmaq^ (§ 278). NfY Ji^ Exercise 132. rB.i>.p. 350. JlX — »« AX « • p-JWa f- jU^ • jC~* t>" ■ J^-J^ jC«^ ' _ •- ' 12 il- ' ■ i.i' < 11. '; • ' '- 1 10° • ' ' . • . ' ' • I - '15 7 ' 7 '14 - ' - < 13 „ t ." ' ' „. =, > . -," ' . .^ . > .'.,.' • > ' .- ■ 18. . ' , .- ' 17 ,, c 1 ", ":: < 16 .'i'; TT^Z-iSlA Ul V* '-^3^ ^?C»**-v9 l?CR--*w« »..,i?la.*^ Note. a. naqil, m^nqpul narrator, *toId. 3. mou-at-ltl, mouat'tal who denies the existence of God, materialist, *un- occupied. 7. mwiefter honorable. 7a. bani, niebni builder, *built. 9. mutekelUm speaker, 1st person. 10. mouar'rif, moMotrre/ known, this is the fayil mefoul of iearruf a being known. However there is a misprint, the correct form is ,i_j__,.^J Usarruf possession = mutesarrtf possessor, governor; mtitSsarrSf possessed. 11. miiU- ad'did, -ded. 12. mufettish, -ttSsh. 13. moustantiq interrogating (judge); -taq interrogated (culprit). 14. mouhar'rir, mouharrSr writer, *written. 15. murittih a compositor in a printing house, murretteb set up (type). 18. muziyyin decorator, *embellished, decorated. * The asterisk show that a word is an Objective Participle. All the Participles do not have both regular Objective and Sub- jective Participles. They sometimes lack one, sometimes the other. 134 0. ;j-jJ Lesson 50. (rt I 22° ','.' ' ' ■ ,•.''< 21' LiJ^' ' \'>^' ' 20" i' ' i 'T' '< 19' I ' ' I 25' '• , < ' ' , ' I 24' f tf ' 1 " t ".f ' < 23" - •' ' I " "' ' 1 ''-',' ' 28° '•' ' ' " "' ' < 27" ,-" ' ' 1 ° ,-° ' ' < 26". '".' ' 1 1 ".' 3l',s^ ' I ' . , ' < 30|";'- ' :'- ' ' 29°,-'' 19. mousdh'hih corrector, proof-reader; mousah'hah corrected. 23. muves'vis. 25. tnujevher *pearl, set with pearls. 26. mouan vin, -ven *(a book or letter) having a superscription, title-page. 27. mou- saygtl, -qal. 28. *proved. 29. munaq-qid, -qad critic, *criticized {tenqeed to criticize). SO. teveffee (from cJij ' Slsj) God's causing one to sleep, to die. mutevejfi "m&teveffa, received into the mercy of God, sleeping, dead, deceased: the fem. ols_^ muUvefat, {nmte- veffiye is wrong). 31. tahmeed to praise : moiihammid a great praiser ; mouhammed praiseworthj', highly praised. \tf Ju> Exercise 133. re* ^ p. 350. fM 1. How long have you lived in Merzifoun? — Next Sep- tember it will be just eighteen years. 2. What reputation has this merchant? — He is an honourable person. 3. Have you your arms on you? — Yes, sir, we all are armed. 4. Are you going anywhere during this vacation? — No, sir, I shall stay at Merzifoun. I am going to make some translations and send them to Constantinople to be printed, and afterward I shall be occupied with the correction of the printed sheets. 5. Is it not possible to procure a proof-reader there? — It is very difficult to find a careful proof-reader. 6. The steamer reached Samsoun very late. I wonder whether the wind was contrary? — Yes, sir, if it were not for the head wind it would arrive in two days. 7. Is your brother-in-law pensioned off? — Yes, sir, by the favour of His Imperial Majesty he has been pensioned off with 500 piastres a month. 8. Who is the author of this book ? — He is Mr. Hovohannes Hagopian, professor of the Turkish language in Anatolia College, at Merzifoun. 9. The owner of this garden is His Excellency Bekir Pasha, the governor of Amassia. \ft A»»-J) Translation 134. rs* ,j^ p. 351. ' EdebiyaU Ermi'niyc Armenian literature. )re The Participles of Derivative Infinitives. 135 jIjJjI J^alj ij\'«j»j'- ^ — 1 ^ })Jii^i\ cJusl_j^ ^iZl« (ijili) 4i^l5Cj i^j ^^..^ ^ -jjLl-iiJjl Jiii (^jl:jI jLljl j*U jd^ • Jji (J,AJ UV I il?- jl-Ij-« ijtjij; S^J-* oX— AjiJa/t O^l 3 f»-J^ Reading Exercise. (ri ) Administratiye Councils Mejalisi Idare. There is in the centre of every Vilayet, Liva and Qaza an Administrative Council. This council is composed of ex officio and elected members. The ex officio members in the Vilayet are: the magistrate, the chief officer of Canon Lavi', the Auditor, the Chief Secretary and the spiritual heads of non-Moslem communities in the centre of the Vilayet. Similarly in the Liva they are {ibarit dir) : the Magistrate, Mufti, Auditor, the Chief Secretary and the spiritual heads of non-Moslem communities in the centre of the Liva. 1 asar pi. of iser work. " a title given to doctors: It means 'skilful'. ^ m'&ellif Fayil of te-eleef uJJlr. * mouTchammin Fayil of ilM^JsJ taJchmeen. ° /asee^s' correct, Adj. Qual. of o.a-Ui5. ^ jum- UUn all (§ 682). 136 e) jj-jj Lesson 51. »r"\ In the Qaza too they are (ibaret dir) : the assistant Magistrate, the Mufti, the Auditor, the Chief Secretary and the spiritual heads of the nou-Moslem communities in the centre of the Qaza. The non-Moslem communities are composed of^ Christians and Jews. The elected members consist of four persons: one half of whom are Moslems and the other half non-Moslems: their elections belong to the people. The Administrative Councils superintend the administration'^ of the district. ^ tishkil: J-aiT of J> J- . ^ oumourou idare the affairs of administration: jja\ is the irregular pi. of ^\ enir work, affair. ° ^ u^J^ Lesson 51. Broken or Irregular Plurals. iL »^ Jimi Salim Regular Plural (pluralis sanus). iL _^J^ r^ Jemi Musekkeri Salim Reg. Masc. Phira). __,_^ »j- ' IL jii <uf- Jemi ghay'ri Salim or Jemi 3IukdsserliTega]aT ^ ^ ^ or Broken Plural. \V0 ^JljJ Exercise 135. roA e>' P- 358. 1. Prim. Tril. Infinitive ^^\zS kitab = Jlii: Irr.pl. J^ = <.,jS kAtUb books; Fayil JiU. ..^SK^ kiaiib clerk: Irr. pi. •u-B-s = '"—lis kdtebe clerks ; M6foul J_jXL. = ,_jjjS.1 niektoub a letter = Irr. pi. Jili. = _ju"l5C.' »!efcja«ee& letters (§648); N. of Loc. JXi- = ^_.isr mekteb school: Irr. pi. JiUT = , tBCI mekiatib schools; Der. Inf. JiiU.' = «_jLC. mukiatebi correspon- dence: Fem. Eeg. pi. oCjl^. muhiaUbat. 2. Prim. Tril. Infinitive ■rjj=- khourouj coming out J_^ : Fayil t-jU. kharij outside, Nisb6 ^^jl»- khariji, Abs. Noun -ua-jU. khariJiyS (§ 582), Noun of Loc. jiir := ^3-=^.' outlet. Der. Jlii| = ^0*1 ikhraj to takeout: Fayil j- ^^ moMfcftn)" extractor, fl. ol=-l>-| ikhrajat ^ — > exports. 3. Prim. Tril. Inf. JjJ nK.-o»Z descent: Fayil Jjl; «a^i7 that descends; N. of Loc. J.iir = J Ju menai'Z a station, inn; try Broken or Irregular Plurals. 137 Irr. pi. Jjb. mSnazil inns. Der. J liil = Jl J-'( inzal to let descend; J-ii-T = Jj Ji-T Unseel = deduction. Fern. pi. <zj%_j\: Unzeelat. 4. Prim. Tril. Inf. jTi zikr mention = J-ji :- M6foul jjS^'jS miz- kur mentioned, Fern. ajJT^A-, Der. J-i-i.! ' <M i' = o^i JJ Uz- fcir^, Uzlcere, note (§ 617); J ««" ^^5 A.T Uz^JcMr remembrance: pl. tijl__^JJ UzeKkurat; -d-sli. = o^\l» m&zaMrS consultation: pi. ^_f^\i^ muzakSrat. 5. Prim. Inf. JJJ qatl to kill = J-ii : Fayil Jjli murderer, Fem. Airli, Masc. pl. Ci^lZis qatileen murderers, Dual Crtijls qatiliyn two murderers. M6foul J_^-J-« killed, Masc. pl. 6^Jj^, Dual LA-l_^i. . N. of Loo. J^^' «-1.:lL.= JXi.." ^JJLi^ maqtel, maqtelS scaffold, Der. i-ii iL. = oJJ IL. mouqaUU massacre : pl. o>Uli^. 6. Prim. Tril. Iniinitives ^=. je6r force = Jis : ^ p-- ' ° -- > ^ ^ , M6foul J_j-;?i- mejbour forced, obliged:; Abs. N. ^^_^-^» mSjhou- riyet obligation, force. 7. Prim. Tril. Infinitives Jit 'iim wisdom, science ^ Jii : P'ayil lie 'aZ»m wise ; M6foul f_j-L^ ma'fetm known : Fem. pl. Cj Uj-Ul. knowledge; N. of Super, itl e-aUm most learned ; Adj. Qual. -i& 'aleem, N. of Excess p>U = JlLs oZtoin omniscient; Der. Jliil = ^i^tl i'ton a judicial decree in writing; J, « iS = . - - , • , , -' f ~L.-i to teach: Fem. pl. oil<— JLij instructions, Fayil pJu^^ mo«- a'llim teacher, Ju.^ moua'Mem taught, student. 8. Prim. Tril. Infinitives ^ =■ hitsn beauty; Irr. pl. ^\k^ m4hasin. N. of Sup. Jjii = ^~.^\ ehs4n better, best: Irr. pl. ;>-;l=-l ihasin the most beautiful (§ 648); Der. J,.8«T = Ck =ej" tahseen to praise: Mefoul ^;J_J^^ mouliassin: pl. o>l; — ==-• mouhassMat beauties, good things. 9. Prim. Tril. Infinitives Jj-^j vusoul arrival = Oj^ '• Fayil J^lj arriving; Mefoul J_j.«3j.. memoul united, relative pronoun; , .^ . ,, , > . ,, , > Der. Jliil == JU=)| eesaZ to send to; iJLJli^, == ^;Ju»(_j.« muvaselet > } to reach, arrive. 10. Prim. Tril. Infinitives J_jij doukhoul to enter = Jj-si : Abs. N. ■^Jj-=-J douMioidiyS (§ 581); N. of Loc. Jij.« = J-i-A-. me'dfc/ieZ entrance, door; Irr.pl. JJ-\1^ medakhil; 138 el i_rjj Lesson 51. jrA Der. Jliil^ = JU-il_ idkhal to cause to enter, insert; Fern. pi. ^zj^\Li\^ imports; a-LslL, = iii-lS-. mudakheU interference: Fem. '"' , ? " '. pi. i^iU-lJ... . 11. Prim. Tril. Infinitives u-xs qouds holiness, > >. purity; Jerusalem: Adj. of Quad, i^i-i-i qouddous the Most Holy. NisW (_y-ai qoudsee holy, saintly: Abs. N.^: — -ji gowdseeyet sanctity ; •divinity; N. of Loc. u-J^J-* a place of holiness, Jerusalem: Nisb^ (_j-.j^i« maqdisee vulg. mtghdisi, mahdesi Jerusalem pilgrim; Der. .^-Lij = |_jjJ_i.T taqdees to sanctify, dedicate: M6foul ,_j-jJu> mouqaddes sanctified, holy. 12. Prim. Tril. Infinitives i—j^ darb striking: Fayil v_jjl,i darib that strikes, beater; Mefoul ,_j_j^,.,k» madroM& struck, beaten; Der. Jlliil — . ■\J^\r\ iztirab anxiety: Fayil ^^^. mouztarib anxious. 13. Prim. Quad. Infinitives •^__J— J vesvese anxiety: Fayil i_fj~,_y> mHvisvis naturally suspicious. 14. Prim. Quad. Infinitives 4_LkJL!» tantana magnificence = 4jjLji ' Ji^ sayqal polish = JJLii ' o\j^~^ 'unvan title = 0^^ : Fayil i^j_j-. muvesvis anxious, suspicious; M^fouls J = ,^ . mousayqal polished, o_j-L».« moa'awKeMen entitled. 15. Prim. Tril. Infinitives J_^ sfearg' east = JiJ : Jlii:.-! istifqal = jl^T„|_ istishraq to study the Orient: Fayil J^^i—,.^ musteshriq orientalist: Masc. pi. uKJj-iJ — . mustesliriqeen orientalists. JUi.71 ittisal = iftiqal Jll^l to be united from J^ji ' J^] vasl, asl. NY"\ ^\m Exercise 136. ro^^_^p. 359. 1. The act of looking JaJ nazar: Fayil ,!iG im^ir who looks, M6foul j_^JiJ-. manzour looked at; Der. Jli^l =: jlt,.i;i intizar to await: Fayil jS^JJ^ muntaztr who awaits, _^ 1^ : : . muntazar who is waited for. 2. Ignorance ^i^ = ^ILLs: Fa}'il JaU jahil ignorant: Masc. pi. CA&\=- jahileen ignorant people; Mefoul J_^-fj=^ m^jhoul unknown. 3. The act of sending ^Lj resalet = o.) Ui ' aJL-j rhali = i.J lli letter, epistle: Ad. Quad. Jj-aJ = Jj-j ^r^ Broken or Irregular Plurals. 139 rdsoul apostle, prophet: Dual CrtJj.— j resoideyn two apostles (Paul and Peter); Irr., Mas.pl. J- j ' ilnJ_^j rowsowZ, r&owZeeM apostles ; Der. J Uil_ = J Lj(_ irsal to send : Fayil J.^_;« mursil who sends, M^foul (J— _^ mArsel sent, jnessenger. 4. To burn j_^ /larj = J.-ii : Ad. Qual. J~ii ^^ o-*^ hareeq burning, fire ; Der. J U_:i| =;= Jl^j-j-l^ ihtiraq to be burnt: Fayil J^:j:e_. muhUriq burning, burnt. 5. To save ^iU- TtMlas ^ J lis : Der. J Ui-:-l_ = ^>IW.~I^ istikhlas to desire to save: Fayil ,_^.Ue_:— > mustakhlis saviour (Persian adj. jK.,a>ls. lehelaskiar 529), Mefoul ^^aii^z . mustaTchUis saved. 6. To write ^^:i5 Tcith = ji : Jlii /J^ai := k_jb5^ fci(a6 book; Fayil ^I'&kiatib clerk, Mefoul i_j_^!Cr mektoub written, letter: two letters Ca.._jJL'x». Reg. Fern, and Irr. pi. oi C ^-xT ' v^-jlx. mektoubat, mekiateeb letters; N. of Loc. jiL. = k.-i.'C mekteb school: Irr. pi. .^Jlx^ mektatib; Dual i>-.i5rr mektebeyn two schools; Der. ^Isli... = 4_JlS.. jmtfcJatcfte to correspond, 7. News » ,' ' -. 1 r ° ' ' ° " ". ' ^j. = J-ii,: Der. JUil ^ jLi-l ikhbar: Fayil ^.ie^ moukhbir ' ^<. r ^ " ^ ^ ^. > informer, correspondent; ^Jjli. = o^. l=e.. moukhabere to commu- " -'. ^ nicate, correspondence : Fayil _/ 14=^ moukhabir correspondent (of Newspapers). 8. Prim. Trilit. Infinitives iLL. ' diJL. mMZfc: diL. property: Fayil vHIL malik owner: M^fouI :J_jJu^ slave; N. with mim >j.Jx_Lw. mitnUket country. Der. (I. is Fayil), X. J 1 S.a.: .■!_ ^ i]>U_:— 1^ istimlak to possess: Fayil iLU_:_. mustemlik pi. olxJu-.: mMSiewZifc^ai, II. di—U-J == J-ii-" temleek to give possession, V. JiiJ = viJLl^ temelluk to take possession. N VV f^' Exercise 137. r8^ ^ p. 359. 1. H. I. M. Sultan Hamid II. is the S^tt of the Ottoman Sultans. 2. The Ottoman nation is one of the greatest nations. 3. The property-tax on this mansion is 740 piastres. 4. All his heirs were Ottoman subjects. 5. The most distinguished among the Persian poets is Hafiz of Shiraz. 6. Some of the principal families of the city started towards the sea-coast 140 o( ij-ji Lesson 51. (•«.♦ this week. 7. Many of the esteemed officers are among my friends. 8. Have you learnt by heart the grammatical rules? if you have done it, it has great advantages [fivayidi azeeme). 9. The advantages' of schools are many: the children of poor families who have graduated^ from there enter on the career of philosophers, viziers, magistrates ^ doctors of Canon Law* and clerks. \ f A iJ^f Exercise 138. r^^» ^ p. 360. • jJdjU- J,l5C^I_) tSx.i^-*^ **^ i^j^' Jr^-'' t-j^-^ y. ^ J*^ — 15^1 -ji jlj (tJ^iJ^ J-^' *^^ --' t-i"^ a]jIj_j_7- jja ,^-Sl.j i]M«l «u\^jj ^:f1^> C5>-1) jj^J v'^ cr/jc-' ^^' jlo^l Ijrl 0:^\J j; (J>^ "»i'> "'^^'j ^>IL- Y . jj3 •J^ Jj^ >5 '*y '-'J*^ '^i^S oVjl ^Icl JXi_ |_^.' e2julj.« A IjLlt iiijj^ ^- j^i^yy. — ] ji e^fj ^ «L-;1 v£LjI>jLi.« ^ ' mouhassenat. -^ muntehee graduate: fayil of intiha =-1(^1 = Jliil : VII of vijlj; . ' hukkiam pi. of S U- Fayil of pS^ /itttw. t|^=- lioukema pi. of ^^ lidkeem, Ad. Quad, of .^Jx>. hikmH. * ouUma pi. of lie. ^ mou'af free, exempted (Fayil of <lill. = 3lsL. mou'afat excusing, exemption: III of _jit a/u 'pardon': in (JLm mou'afee, iS is dropped. ^^ ummet nation. ' moivmayileyhim (§ 676"). * ma'doud m6foul of aded numbered. ' rakiMn riding on (§ 681). '" jizayir pi. of jeseere island. '^ ftaZee present : Nisbe of hal. '- &7j«r pi. of oj&j zehr^ a, single tlower or blossom. lit The Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns. 141 ®^ U^^> Lesson 52. The Agreement of Adjectives with Nouns. NV'^ j,Jl« Exercise 139. r^r ^ p. 363. 1. The deceased must be remembered by saying 'May God have mercy on their souls'. 2. An Imperial" exalted decree has been issued honorably that the burnt building of the American College for Girls in Merzifoun should be rebuilt. 3. In the furthest parts of the world the British have numerous colonies. 4. According to the narration and account of celebrated historians, in ancient times many nations appeared {nieydam gelmishUr) in Asia Minor and disappeared again. 5. The patriarch Abraham is counted among the venerable ancestors of Our Lord. 6. Great effort and care are taken by the honorable (Mram) teachers for the proper teaching of our sacred religion in the national schools to the children of the country {Mad ou atfalt vatan). 364. N 1 • ^j Translation 140. r'w. ,_^ p k!ljl»ls!_« j^iiy i-J=-'U_js (_$jLi<u ,J3iJCc *IJ ulJv* dijjjji-* cf^xSf '-^'.>^^ ti^j*' ^ 'J'-'^y^. j-^^ bJ.:.,--/j 1 houzzarl sevee'l vaqar. 142 or ^jrji Lesson 53. Cur i2J>\'s (^Xm Reading Exercise. '(,rr) Inventions Resulting from Observation. The history of inventions contains many examples to prove the real necessity of observing everything. The majority of inventions have originated from something apparantly unimpor- tant, which fell under the observation of a, sagacious labourer or a skilful scientist. For instance, the sea together with a bunch of herbs throws upon its coast certain sea-mosses unknown in Europe. A sailor, whose name and existence were unknown till then to anyone, gathers them, and, after having examined and scrutinized them carefully, he decides that these must come from a very far country. He imagines by this the discovery of a new world beyond the Ocean, and succeeds in this. In a monastery a lamp hung from a dome is oscillating to and fro. A skilful scientist, giving full attention to its con- tinuous motions which he sees at that very moment, follows it saying "One! two! one! two!" He goes home full of excitement, he has discovered the constant movement of the pendulum, one of the very important principles of Natural Philosophy. Lady Mania. Note. The word Khanim, Hamm, of Tartar origin, is used as the fem. of Ichan 'king, prince', while that of Bey, Beg is Beyim, Begim, though not used in Ottoman Turkish. or ^^^t> Lesson 53. -^j* '-^J^ ^^^ Arabic Definite Article. \ t \ ^w Exercise 141. ry> ^ p. 371. (^* ibnou'llah the son of God; ail ^jj rouhou'llah the spirit of God, the Holy Spirit; till Jut abdou'llah the servant of God; ail ^:,-j beytou'llah the house of God; «il kj^ kclimet- ou'Uah the Word of God, the Logos; Zi\ J_j-j rhoulou'llali the prophet of God; <il j^l nourou'llah the light of God; <il «.J-^ rahmetou'llah the mercy of God. 2. «il pILc ' ^Iil ^JaJ ata-oullah, fdysouHlah the gift of God, Theodore (Turk. AUahvhdi, Haqverdi, KMdaverdi); ail A.-, sa^adou'llah the felicity granted by God; )>i.r The Arabic Definite Article. 143 4»l ^j~^ sSyfou'Uah the sword of God (Ali). 3. 4!! iLc tbadouHlah the servants of God. 3 a. Zi\ Jii Tchateelou'llah the chosen friend of God^ (Abraham). 4. i_rlJiVI i_r->-5 qoudsou'l aqdas the Holy of Holies. 5. ^il /J^^ keleemou'llah interlocutor with God (Moses). 6. i>.-^'l o'i^ soultanH'l Mrriyn the Sultan of two continents, Asia and Europe. 7. i>._;==J' 6^^^=- IchaqawA'l hahreyn the emperor of two seas, the Black Sea and Mediterranean. 8. ij_yji\ jU daru'l funoun the house of sciences, university; ^.nll jb ' liLill jli. darA'lkhayr, dard'sh-shefaqa the house of benevolence, charity, orphanage; ojL— 11 jb darA's sd-a-dH the house of prosperity, the Imperial Har6m. »i,tLyijlj daru't tebat-at printing-house, J-,n=6dljlj dariVt toftseeZ the house of learning, school; ^:us>\i.| jU daru'l khilafet the abode of the Caliphate, Constantinople. 9. ^-Ull ^u bintiVl ineb the daughter of grapes, wine. 10. c-'Li-l ^1 Hmmu't Ichabayis the mother of evils, wine. 11. ^^J-JlJ-.fc abdu'r rahman- the servant of the Merciful, f.J^\ J^ abdu'l hereeni the servant of the Gracious Jt_»i.l A-c ' j_»=.Ll Xt ' J-.jJI J-& abdu'l Hameed, abdu'l Mejeed, abdu'l Azees the servant of the All Praiseworthy; jh-ll J-* aftdit's settar the servant of the forgiving God; 71._l.lXi abdu'l mSseeh the servant of Christ. 12. i>_jJlj_^ 'j^^jW ^Jt. ' ;>_ jJI (_,_^ "^ i>_jJI 0^_^. ' Oi-iJl Jc noure'ddeen, sMrefe'ddeen, sMmse'ddeen, bur- hanS'ddeen, izze'ddeen the light, glory, sun, proof, glory of the- religion; i>.-^l_)-^' ' O'.jJl^'^l-' nasre'ddeen the help of the religion ; O-.'jJI iji\j^jemale'ddeen the beauty of the religion, i>_jJI^,iL. mouzaffe- e'ddeen the victor of the religion. (All are used as proper names.) 12 a. >-jJd.\ t_jlj babel mandib the Gate of Tears, Babel Mandeb; ijjUJl J^a. jebelel tariq the mountain of Tariq (Tariq-lbni-Zeyyad,. a general of the Caliph El V61eed, A. D. 711), Gibraltar. II. IB. (jLill Jit oaeej)!«l's7i s/ian^ glorious; ij^'^ iS^'^ j^^eelu'sh shan magnificent. 14. jT'jJI JL salifu'z zikr, ^y JL- salifii't 1 In page 368 correct the 'Good' of the text into 'God'. ^ a. ^'~' gloi'y; majesty. 144 or i_fji Lesson 53. 11"!. bSyan above-mentioned. 15. Jlj.;jyi jil; rare in uaage, obsoles- cent. 16. 'S^y^ ro^j" seree^u'l kareki quick in motion. 17. ^t^ Jh^\ miree'l Tcliatir honourable. 18. OjZJI ajJ^ kSrihu'ssavt ill- toned, unmelodious.- 19. o.ilfliJl J_j^ maqboulu'sh shehadd' whose testimony is acceptable, honourable. 20. 6yl_^l p=-jl erMnm'r raheemeen the most compassionate of the compassionate. § 670. oJ-^^ u-} ' -^J' u-} ' ■^-> 0'} Ibni Khalidmin, Ibni BusM, Ibnd'r B{isM Ibni Khalidoun (the great Arabic historian), Ibni Eilshd, Averrhoes (the great Arabian philosopher). ij\i Cj-S Ibni Davoud the son of David. Jx^\ ,> '-r'y\ Taqoub ben Ishaq Jacob the son of Isaac. «..^^ .^io ^It Aleeyd binti Nayima Aliy^ the daughter of Nayima. ^j\ jJj ^^jo^ Carab^t the son of Artin. Lnll y\ ebou'z Ziya, ebou Diija the father of Ziya. > ^ Note. Compare the Biblical names with this rule, f^j-^ dy Cj: (.roshua the son of Nun), o^j^! i>. 'L«i.l (Isaiah the son of Amoz), is\^\ Cj-. ^j-^y (Jonah the son of Amittai), ^ — i ^\ (the son of Jesse), ^j-^y i>J o_j»— • (Simon son of Jonah), Jj'U. J.( (Abigail), -li-lT Jl (Abimelech), » . t ,z^ (Bath-sheba), IjJo y- (= «il J^c Obadiab): (Jl corresponds \.o y\' c^ to vr,ij etc.). Arabic Prepositions Jjf Jtr cij*^ \tY j.^-)^ Exercise 142. rvr i_^ p. 373. 1. There are three Persons in the Godhead: the Father, the Son and the Holy Spirit. 2. The Self-existent God is the Lord of lords, the King of Kings and the Creator of heaven and earth. 3. Our Lord Jesus Christ is both the Son of God and the Son of man. 4. The Holy Spirit purifies human hearts. 5. The Patriarch Jacob is among the very great ancestors of our Lord Jesus Christ. 6. It is necessary always to say Bis- millah before beginning work, eating, reading and drinking. 7. She could not get well after all, is it so? — Yes, sir, she died of pneumonia. S. Please God (Deo volente), to morrow I will start for Gsesarea. 9. Continue your work energetically as you did before. 10. The note was prepared before lunch and after lunch it was written and signed. 11. I usually take a walk after dinner. 119 The Arabic Definite Article. 143 \ tV 'Us- J Translation 148. ryr ^ p. 373. o\ y^ aXto- k_-t_jl "t).iU-*ir j; £ljo-bl v_J It- (J,b3IJ j'j^ Jiiti-I 4jij9 ' ?^iy i^-^y >— i^ ' tiJ.-^! 4*-l^ CjjI" cyr« oJu?C)i^)ol xyj. u-J^ *j^ ij!>lc-jl ^'x • c3ji_j.-L_ iTii Jx ^^is-^Jjl ^Ij dkjl • (iJua «(iJo I j^jj3 jl?Ci ^):S3 iJj^sCa ^^ISVy dill j> j^l ^Jo^ • J-Ai' C-«»-'j'» 'li^.t-S^ ^(_5,c.»Ls ijJj ii i_),Jjl CJi^'y* (^jl^I j_jj:jIj . j'.j4::--/'ls5l Jj»jvil=-^5 ' alS^' sL5^' ali^! slS^ ^M^ f^«) Reading Exercise, (rn.) An Anecdote 4iJa«I Lateefe. Once at a social party when there was a discussion about the absurdities of mothers-in-law, a young man said: — "After my marriage if my mother-in-law should bother me, I will strangle her immediately without hesitation." Poor Teacher (Nasreddin) has heard this, and, leaning towards the ear of one of his friends he says (confided his own woes to him in this manner): ' tahS sSrah may his grave be pleasant to himself or fragrant to others. ^ hasha minil houzour pardon my expression. ^ te- hessum 4t to smile (V. of »_;). Key to the Turkish Conv.-Grammar. 10 146 B^ u-J-i Lesson 54. CtT — "Ah, I praise (appreciate) this young man. If I had a daughter and if I could make this brave man my son-in-law, 1 would at once get rid of this nasty woman, and then every thing would be all right (vessMam). oi ^^JO Lesson 54. Arabic and Persian Pronouns. a. jf)^ zameer, Irr. pJ. ^|j^ zSmayeer Pronouns. ojLil _A<^,i zameeri isharet Demonstrative Pronoun. J,,^^^ _n^ zameeri mevsoul Relative Pronoun. Note. 1. W_y mivlana His Eminence, His Worship, His Grace, His Holiness. It is a title of respect applied to great personages of religious hierarchy. The original Arabic meaning as 'my lord, our lord' is not used in Ottoman-Turkish, i^j, ' Wj-- pronounced by Arabs as movla, mauvla, mauvlana, by common people as >l. ' >ll. moTla, moul'la, mon'la 'a Canon judge of high degree; a student of Canon Law': as: ^jjj j>_a''; J>U. >U or ljV_y Mdvlana or MoUa Jelaleddeeni Boumi. xi~\ %> ' >l. j^l Molla Ahmid, Ahmed Molla student Ahm^d. The iSIisbe of Sy is iS}y mdvldvee pertaining to the order of dervishes founded by M^vlana J61aleddeeni Eoumi, in Iconium; especially a dervish of the order of 'Whirling Dervishes'. 2. (§679). In reference to a person first mentioned by name, or by a common substantive, the words mdzbour, mdzkur, merqoum, moumayileyh etc. may be used as substantives, or, — we might say — , as a kind of Personal or Demonstrative Pronoun, in all cases of declension. But in reference to a thing, they must be used as adjectives, repeated each time; as: iSj^^ iL« >li;.\.ji^ oi 4_d ,_P-'djl •Z-'^J^ J ^^ '\\ Jjj 1^1 -'jr-; Pashayi mtishariJeyhiib Jcetkhtldasi , Doursoun EffMdi khaneyi niezkOrA Nayile Hanima besh yuz lira bidel ih' bdy ou firoukht eyUmish isi' di, merqoumenin mcblaghi tn^zkHrU tM- diydye iqtidari olmadigMndan, tttowmayileyh Tihanhji mizkHvd (■tV jirabic and Persian Pronouns. 147 mSrqowmeden bilistirdad mezkur fiyat He mezbourenin biraderi ilemifh aghaya firoukht eyledi. Doureoun Eflfendi, the steward of the said Pasha has sold that house to Mrs. Nayil6 for the sum (recompense) of £ 500, but as she was notable to pay that amount he reclaimed the said house from her and sold it at the same price to her brother, M6mish Agha. \ i t f^Au Exercise 144. rVA u" p. 378. 1. By the grace of God, Most High, yesterday I reached the village Yenije at half past one o'clock and obtained the honour of an interview with the said gentleman. I was really very grateful for the sympathy which he showed me^ 2. Did the said gentleman mention anything about the tales circulated^ in your favour or against you? — No, sir, he did not mention anything, however* it is evident from the kindness which he showed me, that he never attached any importance to the words spoken against me. 3. About* what was the case decided in yesterday's law-suit? Did you understand anything? — Yes, sir, [I heard that] it was a civil suit {honqouq davasi) ; the claimant demanded from the defendant ten thousand piastres. 4. Can you pay the balance^ of your debt to-day, sir? — Excuse me, sir *, I beseech you to grant ■■ me some weeks more. It is beyond my power to pay it just now, I am hard pressed (in great distress). 5. I myself also am in great pecuniary distress, but I can extend your time a few days more, I have other sums due besides what you owe*. \ie <^j Translation 145. r'V^ ^^ p. 379. ff^\ys.\ j; cf-ls-e-bl eJJLjlE- '.J^^y "^ (.% ^S.^ jl_j JSCJsLa&I 1. ibraz it!' to show toward. 2. •uag? dan, vouqou houlan happened, occurred (stories which were being circulated some in your favour and some against you). 3. ma haza on the contrary (§ 676*). 4. haqqinda. 5. mabaqi remainder (§ 676'). 6. aman effhidim Mercy, pity, sir! 7. musa'ade et.". 8. add oij- to the texf(|j*L. o-i^«=-'^l CJ^j\ "-ij-)' 9. iitVa^ objection (VIIX of iji_^). 10* 148 s't tj'ji Lesson 54. ItA ?j5 Jj^ ^ «-^j3jI (ij*SJJ ej;^ Jf::''^ "^ • ^li-^' J^-jl (iJ^ >-*'j^' 1. ,5^' ' ij--^ muddayi, mush-teki claimant, accuser, -uls- ^Sa ' )^l Ju. mudda'a aUyh defendant. oj.'-i^ maznoun suspected, accused. p.jJL« muttehim guilty, culpable. iiL>. ' c_j>-=f janee, malikum culprit; {muddayi in the fayil, mudda'a is the mefoul of ^Itj) iddi'a, which is the Iftiqal of lij-ti § 628). ^\J ^ Reading Exercise, (ro) Notes and Words. The marine terms in Turkish are largely borrowed from European languages. Those belonging to sailing vessels are borrowed from Italian, through the Venetians and Genoese, who were the first marine powers with whom the Turks came in contact; and those referring to steamships are borrowed from English (pp. 448 — 449). A great many diplomatic and commercial terms also are borrowed either from Italian or French. Italian words in this Exercise: iix-l iskeU, isgeU the larboard side of a ship, portside, j_jiL ajix_| the gangway. /_j1 isteem vulg. isKm steam (English). oijjj borda^ a ship's side, the broadside. ijy~~ 'JJ^ prova sitounou fore-mast head (It. prua). ^jJ — ' siliyon mast-head light. jUi ' _A3 finer lantern, light (Greek cpavapt). <\_^jy fourtuna storm, tempest (It. fortuna). I j^'ji ' 'Ji^y qontra a tack of a main or foresail. _^ Ung4r anchor (Lat. anchora, Gr. ayitupa. It. ancora)^. 1 Correct the word in the 7"! paragraph. = p. jlJJl ^<Cj linger indas anchoring, anchored (§ 535). a. ,z^\i\ iqamH to stay, to I'^.^ The Arabic and Persian Adverbs. 149 J>ib vapur a steamer. ,_..^j_^j|_j mpor geniisi steamship, t. jJxJj yelMn sail. ^^.^_^^ ^]j_ yelken gemisi a sailing vessel (also ^^;li_ jyjlj' j;LL- ^^^il : j^U- is the pj. of <.Li_). Other words: a. C«»- 7ieeTC a point of time, a moment, t. jS*i ' JiTj • Jj/^ j dMi« sea. f. j^-ji duinin rudder (Lat. temonem). jlstlL ' jUc:-, sanjaq the starboard side of a ship; flag, banner. ,_,._» sis fog. '^■^J^.y. i-rir **'* ioiiynousou fog-horn. a. .d^is fazZa more; addition, a. Jj| V la aqall at least: jTsi N. of Sup. of JJJ (page 410), V ia not. a. i^iUa« musadhne collision (III. of ij>x^). a. Js_j=tL melhouz expected, anticipated (m6foul of jJii.). iJjj ' JiAj y^tJe/c towing leading by a rein. >iAjC. J^aj i/^d^fc chekmik to tow. ^'^ ,.,^i> Lesson 55. The Arabic and Persian Adverbs. Si.'K --i«i Exercise 146. rAt ,_;« p. 384. 1. Will your examinations be oral or written, this year? — Though it was announced at first by the teacher that they would be written, yet afterwards the faculty has decided to have oral (examinations). 2. The enemy attacked both by land and sea. 3. Our Lord Jesus Christ said: What I tell you in the darkness, speak ye in the light'. 4. My uncle Moustafa has sent me five pounds as a gift, he had already sent me ten pounds, altogether he has sent me£ 15. 5. The house (mansion) in which we are dwelling is not ours, we are living there temporarily. 6. I heard that your landlord died suddenly^, 1. Lte. Tiliefiyin secretly, in the darkness. Ills- aUnin openly, in the light. dl».i,l Jitj v'as etmik to speak, to preach. 2. »Ui ' o l^ AV^'i Ay"^* suddenness ; the Adverb I l==j fuj'4ten. When o has a tteveen it should be written as 3 ' i . remain Jtjl^^i ,^M\ j\X,\ J>J:1 ISnger indazi iqamH houlounmaq to anchor. 150 ee ,_rj:> Lesson 55. »e» I wonder if it is so? — Yes, sir, it is true but he was such a strong man physically that I cannot believe that he is dead yet. 7. It is so, but those who are addicted to intoxicating liquors, usually die thus. As for me, I knew he was always using liquors. 8. Though there did come a letter for you, yet it was lost afterwards. I beg your pardon. 9. The letter is (has not been) not lost, you are simply deceiving me: if you do not return it to me willingly, I will take it by force. \ IV -U^- '■ Translation 147. tab ^j^ p. 385. (^siU ^ • ( ajjJk^ eJiC^U-jl ^pj«- s*5vIJW JL;'i ' O-J^-J^J^J^ • (|rB:>jl5Cjl ^-c ^»i ye->-J ^Lii^l J,) • ji e^j^.-* j' 0^"* 1. p. Ushn^ thirsty. 2. p. ab water. 3. p. ehhhmi, t. poiifiar, fountain. 4. t.jaba freely. 5. 6ma om insha to build (§ 696). 6. a. istirdad e't." to take back. 7. a. mis4U matter, question (N. w. mim of soual). arz et." to reveal, apply, a. emanet e't." to con- fide. 8. a. mazour excused (of jltX 9. a. ihtimal probable. 18( Arabic Numerals. 151 ^!/ (Tr^* Beading Exercise. ( n ) The Political Conduct of a Distinguished Scientist i. Newton, the distinguished scientist^, though he had been for twenty years a member of the English Parhament, yet had never dehvered a speech nor had he proposed or opposed (made any proposition or opposition). At last contrary to his custom, (extraordinarily) one day he rose and in a very serious manner began to deliver a speech. When the members of Parliament saw this they were very much astonished. The house, perceiving the action^ of a person who had kept silent during (the discussion of) many vital questions and had not uttered a word until then, judged that of course it must be on account of a very important matter. The house was very eager (ready with great attention) to hear the subject which he was about to discuss. What do you think that the learned man of the age said? 'Gentlemen, see at my right side the window-pane is broken and is causing a draught, and this is injurious to my heath. Therefore I move that a new glass be put in place of this broken pane'. Having said this he immediately sat down. Ebouz Ziya. 1. mesh'hour famous, distinguished. 2. the famous Newton, one of the greatest natural scientists. 3. harikit. 0^ ^ri^i> Lesson 56. <^j. iUcl '■\cJ\ Arabic Numerals. MA ^^Sm Exercise 148. rA^^ p. 389. 1. Units, tens^, hundreds and thousands. 2. Ahadeeijet, sCdsan, sudsan Oneness (of God), two thirds, two sixths. 3. Fourth book, the four seasons. 4. FasU tasi asher Nineteenth chapter. 5. Jezayiri sebe The Seven Islands ^. Ameliyati erba'a The four operations (of arithmetic). 6. Uch roiib, alti tils, yedi ushr Three fourths, six ninths, seven tenths. 7. Maddeyi rahiya, seniiji samin ve ishreen The fourth article, 27* year. 8. Defai/'i 1. In the list of the cardinal numbers correct ^t ' -is. as 0^3-i-^ ' ^r—* O'Sh^fi cisMre ten. 2. In the Mediterranean: Corfu, Cefalonia, Zanta, Santa Mavra, Theaki, Paxa and Cerigo. 152 e^ trJ^ Lesson 56. \Br aula, sliouhourou sitte, ushru mahsoul First time, six months ^= semester, the tithes of produce. 9. Bousoumou sitte, shoii- hoiirou siUse The six dues (taxes), three months (quarter of a year, college terms). 10. Havassi khamse The five senses. 11. Khamseen, eriayeen, kesri asharee Fifty, forty (days), decimal fraction. 12. Eedu'l khamseen, evaniiri ashere, ahadi nas Pen- tecost (the feast of the fifty), the ten commandments, individuals {ahad individual, nas pi. of insan peoples, men). \ i ^ f^JiJ Exercise 149. r^ ♦ ;>> p. 390. 1. The duties (revenue) on intoxicating liquors, tobacco, salt, stamps, silk, fisheries (hunting of fish) are called the six taxes. These except tobacco are left and referred (ihale) to the Ad- ministration of Ottoman Public Debts. 2. Last year the first 40 days of winter (Erbai/een) were mild, but this year the second part of the winter (Khamseen) was not so mild. 3. The civil grades of Ottoman (nobility) are these, reckoning from below upwards: the 5**^ grade, the 4*^ grade, the 3^^ grade, 2i"i grade 2°'i class, 2^^ grade first class, P* grade 2°<i class, 1st grade 1^' class, the highest grade and the rank of Vezier. 4. The four operations (of Arithmetic) are these: addition, subtraction, multiplication, division. 5. The four seasons are these: summer, autumn, winter and spring. 6. The Arabic Infinitives fundamentally are two: primitive and derivative. 7. The Primitive Infinitives also are of two kinds: the triliteral primitive infinitive and the other the triliteral derivative infini- tive. 8. The Derivative Infinitives too are of two kinds : the triliteral derivative infinitives, and the quadriliteral derivative infinitive. 9. They ofTered praises to the throne of the One God on the day of Pentecost. a1|5^ Conversation. Notes and Words, a. JlJ^l ibsal to bestow, to grant, to ex- pend freely (IV. of Jjo) granting, expending freely, a. iill iblagh to deliver, to communicate (IV. of 9-j-^-'). CjjIj.^ ijbjl iwaqi havadis Pers. Izafet § 513, newspapers: Jljjl pi. of Jjji varaq paper, oi!_j>. pi. of «JjU. hadisi event. >.:,iUj highayit very, extremely: ^^ hi Pers. preposition § 557" 'to', a. ^-It ghayet ex- treme, extremity, •-i;^ taWeef description (II. of 6^^^). olc-t~" iaeeemat pi. of JiVT reverencing, respecting. ^^^ tihniyat pi. t er Arabic Numerals. 153 of >juC^" tehniyit congratulating, felicitation, (11. of >.^ §616). '^\^y Uojeehal pi. of <->-J^ Uvjeeh appointment (II. of '^j). isjoj^ sinavSriUri he who prays for you i. e. I (§ 499). "Ja. jelee evident, obvious, Adj. Qual. of >U. J-b dMeel proof, token, Adj. Qual. of .^IVj. -1 o-i— sebqat it." to precede, to antecede. a. j'_j- sSreer throne. ol~::fp. ' ,A,a»;:fJi sMvkHmaseer, sMvketsimat the abode of Imperial Majesty, marked with Imp. Majesty i. e. Majestic: j^- (n. w. mim of Cjjj^^~a) abode, home, olc— marks, traces pi. of <w-. §537). ^LU. oU.a si/fluSi jeZee?^ excellent qualities: oU« pi. of ^i,i,^. iilil J •J'J^ ^-o present (synonymous words § 696). a. .- akUc avatif pi. of vju^iLlt aii/i^{ kindness, favour, a. oAjt mhdS person, ij5^A^& Silideniei to you, on you. a. ^^'li fayiq superior (fayil of J_jJ). a. aL) J^i fecqe'lhadd beyond the limit: Jji /f'Kge above, over: Arab. prep. (§ 671'). a. p. jiJ.l,-J qiymetdar valuable: o-»J value, jb holding (§ 535). ki.J=^L;:e-. Ji\^ himali mahzou- zeeyit perfect, great pleasure (§ 695 "). a, _jl ^ l:u mute-essir oh' to be touched, affected (fayil of ^.tU). 9j^ niithou a liege-lord, the sovereign of one's allegiance. J^ji- f.^ methouyi moufalch'- kham august sovereign: jti. m^foul of JeiT. ^,^Za mouttaszf endowed with (excellent) qualities (fayil of ^l^\ ittisaf, VIII. of ^-^j)- a- J;lc^" privileged, superior, the 5tii civil grade of Ottoman nobility, pages 458 — 4-59 (fayil of jAl Umayug § 624). a. tj..—^ mismou^ heard, audible, inismou olmaq to be heard (m^foul of ««—.). iJlk. mutala'a perusing, ij^'^'^ I' na muUnahi endless, boundless; J; 151; naqabil incapable, impossible: li na- negative Persian prefix to adjectives (§ 530), j^\^ fayil of ^jjat; 'end', VI. of ^ijlj! (§ 625). Jjli fayil of J_jJ 'accepting'. o^i o\-~> nishani zishan (§ 698). i^_j vejih' pleasing, prepossessing (Adj. of Qual. of '^U.} beauty § 606). 154 el i_rjJ Lesson 56. f s't ^^J (T:^ Beading Exercise. ( rv ) Home (Fatherland) Vatan. Through what power does the mind reason that 'a square is different from a triangle', through the same power too the con- sciousness believes that 'the outside world is different from the fatherland'. With those feelings with which sucklings love their cradle, the httle ones the place where they live, young people the place where they gain their subsistence, old men their leisure nook, children their parents, father his family; vi-ith these same feehngs man loves his country. These feelings do not imply an unreasonable natural affection, man loves his country be- cause hfe which is the most precious gift of Providence begins by breathing the air of home. Man loves his country because sight, the most glorious gift of nature, falls first upon his native land (at the first glance is fastened to the soil of his homeland). Man loves his country because the substance of his body is a fragment of his fatherland. Man loves his country because the more he looks about himself the more he finds in every corner of it the sad recollections of his past days as it were embodied. Man loves his country, because his freedom, his comfort, his rights depend upon it, (are existent only by fatherland). Man loves his country because it is the place of his ancestor's tombs, who are the cause of his existence, and is also the place where his children, the result of his life, make their appearance. Man loves his country, because there, among the children of his fatherland, from community of language, unity of interests and abundance of friendship, a near relationship of heart and a fraternity of opinions result. Thus, just as his house is related to the city in which he lives, so is his country related to the outside world. Man loves his country, because he is the holder of one portion of the sovereignty existing in his country with true right of possession. Man loves his country because it does not mean some imaginary fines drawn by the sword of a conqueror or by the pen of a stateman. It is a sacred conception produced by the union of noble feelings, namely, nationality (patriotism), free- dom, interest, fraternity, possession, sovereignity, reverence for ancestors, love of one's family and remembrance of one's youth. I ee Arabic Compound Words. 155 °^ ^^i> Lesson 57. Arabic Compound Words. Eeading Exercise. ( r\ ) ■^1/ (tr* The Overthrow and Abasement of Tyrants. An Abyssinian (negro) slave becomes by fortune the ruler of the world: a certain Kava shatters the kingdom of Zohak. Do not trust in prosperity or be discouraged by adversity of the world (dehr): the wheel of Fortune {devran) does not always turn in the same direction. The oppressor is subjugated at last by oppression : the house of him who destroys homes shall surely be destroyed. Since punishment which is hke the crime is often seen: the file is ultimately ruined by the h'on. Hajjaj and Jengiz Khan are remembered with curses, but Noushirvan and Solomon are revered. Is it possible to change by words the Truth? Is it possible to distinguish between blasphemy and faith (with words). An idol-temple {deer) and a mosque are made of the same clay: a Moslem and a fire- worshipper are the same in God's sight. There is a remedy for every affliction, every sufferer does not die: there is an end to all adversity {mihnSt affliction) and a limit to all sorrow. Endure wrong if you expect a glorious reward: think what injustice his brothers did to Joseph. God will make the oppressors to say one day (as the brethern of Joseph said to their brother): Truly, God has appointed thee ruler over us. Ziya Pasha. oA ^^c> Lesson 58. I. ii^\JL ,.:j[^ Kelimati inutiradife Synonymous vi'ords. II. .)u..^=_. .zj\^ Kelimati musdj'ja'a Symphonious Terminations. III. c':>li>u c^\iS KSUmati mutegadde Antonyms. ^:)\jiu fayil of ^j1^' teraduf being synonymous, .js — . m^foul of r'-x~^ tSsjee a composing in rhymed prose {%x~~.). jUiZ^ fayil of iUu" mutual opposition (VI. of Xa). 156 oA i_^ji Lesson 58. » e^ \o* ^JLI Exercise 150. "i^'r ^ p. 403. I. 1. Man is regarded as an animal, but he has spirit, hands, mind and thought. He is the glorious ruler of all creatures and has an immortal soul. 2. This fountain was erected by the pious and benevolent Jerusalem pilgrim the late deceased Paul (Boghos) Ketejian, whose sins have been forgiven {maghfour). 3. Though the Pope claims that he is infallible^, yet none of the wise and experienced (owner of perfection) men believe it. 4. The names of animate beings are made plural in Persian by (adding) -an and inanimate beings by -ha. 5. Sell your precious property, do not reveal your distress to the cruel (coward). As long as his skull is sound, a manly man will always have a cap. II. 6. At the same time in the main city too there broke out a dreadful fire. As it was impossible to extinguish it, many of the inhabitants of the city perished (passed into the world of annihilation) with their families. Many others who were in the height^ of prosperity and happiness in the space of a few hours descended to the lowest degree of poverty and destitution^. Others who were injured were confined to bed*. 7. The heir- apparent to the English throne, the Prince of Wales, has started for a journey to India. 8. What opinion of you has your teacher Es-seyyid Haji Kerim Effendi? Is it a good or a bad opinion? 9. Sir, the said teacher always has a kindly regard for me. 10. I am ready and waiting for your order. ^0^ A<i>-J) Translation 161. 't.^'i. ij^ P- 404. iXi li^l ._j-l^ V . ^2<di. I ^\S:^ iiL"i fjjoJj I i_)lia:^ jj:> ^^\ ,.ir>- oVjl Jy«ll iSi^ ,_5-'^lS' Who e:>^':fiS<>\ "^ ? ji »ie_} ii\S<:^\s\ f.is>-^i- 1 • J.i^*«" — « J-^. ejo- 'I oli^j' (_y«JI iSi^ Wllich _5 e_^^-l ,_5jiji« il:ll_j,«l (^j!jl Zji'j J*l |C.^) ^}i\ b-^ij k_>lR:-.2l ' Correct the text to ^^^H layoukliti, also that of p. 396, 2n4 line. '^ p. evj apex, summit. ^ zaroitrM. * Correct the text as: J-\_jS iJ'\y> >_-=-U or ij-\ji ^\ iseer firash). 1 ov Synonymous Words. 157 <_jl)jl "^ ■ Ji aS'ijjJs i ji Icli ^j J.*' O-''^-*-!^' K~^S j_ J-JLIaI JUT ^ T . (^jJ^_ *l:i. ^_^«,)uw jUJ-1 J jl4' iij/-^ 4iU- ^ ^ • jjjCii ^--il!.—^ Jj^j^ J Zj^.a- oj^\ c-i^ j; ^-"il'—^ 'Ljj' ^ o\i^0 ji j»b ot<^l (-J^ dlL J^ »a.-;l ^J[-^\ i IL I ilj?CL 5 N r • (j3 eJila-jU- litlsC^I o5p»W- JU- ^--ILl-l _J ILI fLn?CLi • J-J^Ji cAju ^ w^ (^tiJ ^^»-^.^ (3^-> "^(^ y. lS-^*' _/^ (3^ ^ ^ jj> 1 ^ ^Lu Beading Exercise. ( ^^ ) jt;u ^i^JT Terkibi Bend. (Extracts from the Stt, gth and 12'ii cantos.) The True One is the helper of those who trust in Him, some day the unhappy heart will be happy. Do not trust much to the colour of the sky {felik), Fortune is the old Fortune (felek), because the unsteady character of Fortune (fMek) is fickle. Take refuge in God from the anger of the quiet man, because the kick of a mild-natured horse is very violent. ^ Or jiit |*a- jSmmi ghafeer: j^ii adj. qual. of yi.. ^ ^j vasee patron, adj. qual. of li^Uj patronage. Jj v^lee adj. qual. of ^Nj (§ 606). 158 oA i_rji Lesson 58. I eA That graceful smile (of rulers) has burnt up many lives: the lion too when intending to kill a man smiles. Does a uniform give nobility toman of mean nature: even if you saddle a donkey with a gold laced pad, it is still a donkey. An ill-natured man is tested by his conduct at a drinking party : drinking is a touchstone for distinguishing the dispo- sition of a man. It is necessary to punish those who are not corrected by advice: those who do not behave themselves well deserve to be cudgelled. IVIoney takes the place of faith and religion in the opinion of wealthy people: words of honesty and honour are left to the poor. Wherever you cannot find ears ready to hear (to appreciate) your song, do not waste your breathe, change the tune. Do not be defeated by your lusts like a woman, be a manly man: let not your senses govern (submit) you, you must govern your senses. Those who are firm and steady flourish as a tree, whatever work you think you can do (you are capable of doing) per- severe in it. Know your limitations; either do not begin a work at all, or, if you begin it, finish it. Ziya Pasha. <ul.x.« Conversation. Words and Notes. 1. musayid fayil of oJj^I— musa'adi. 2. imtidad H!' to become prolonged (VIII. of aT' vijj-. space of time). 3. tasmim determination, resolving (II. of r^): pi. tasmimat. 4. mukhtelif diverse, various (fayil of ^Jiili-l, YIII. of ^_iii-). tesaduf it." to meet witti another by chance (VI. of 'ij~,a). 5. isa- hH edersifliz you do well: isabet ^^^el\, right, isabet! capital! ivell done I (IV. of ,_j1j^). 6. a. t. sagatlici injury, damage, vouqou happening. 7. tdsviyi to put in order; to settle (the account) II. of c5_j_ § 616. 8. tamir repairing (II. of ii\_;-^). m&vikin possible (fayil of o'^O- 9. Allaha Isrnarladiq com. Allaha stmar- ladlq. a. p. minnitdar grateful. 10. adimi musa'add; unfavourable- ness (§ 695*'). 11. mou'amiUyi mihman'nuvaeanenizdin (§ 535) of your hospitality: moM'ame7(5 action, act (III. of jlf ). -p. mihman- nuvazane: mihman guest, nuvaz who kindly treats one, -and Persian «Br Euphonic Changes of the Letters. affix § 528). 12. mustefid ol." to be benefited (fayil of ojU:_l> X. of sjSls). 13. mush^rrif ol." to be honoured (fayil of ^jt2y II. of ^_^T). 14. oL.l_rt».^ pi. of Aj\s-\ ihtiram regard (VIII. of c^y^-). 15. Msbi fakhr ou shir if it." to gain glory and honour, to be honoured. ®^ ^^> Lesson 59. Euphonic Changes of the Letters. flc-il idgham imposition. ij.. mUdghem imposed. i)__;=&u muWharrik vowelled. cf^ sdkin quiescent. Crti/>- harfiyn two letters. ^^^^ mutijanis homogeneous. J.»si« mouttasil joint to another: Dual CnL^ji. mouttasUiyn. JiU maqahl that which precedes (§ 676^); (^ojJJU maqahlindiki the preceding (letter). JouU mabad following; tjj^ ^J.ij..jL. ma- bad'mdaki harf the following letter. \oY j^iiJ Exercise 152. h.»^i^ p. 409. Assimilation aIe^I Idgham. Infinitive. Root, Remainder. Measure, •Natural form. Assimilated form, > » 4 5 r • M :i^..J:.~. V'JPi Fayil » Fayil Jj:.W.^ mHJchtill J«_:: • miistimidd ,_/jli. IcJiass mumamm a-Tthiz * The form in this column do not actually occur, but are given to show how the rule works. 160 8A ltJ-i Lesson 59. n» Infinitive, Root, Remainder. Measure. Natural form. Assimilated form. Ua^L- 18 JliJ V" V3S3 18a Fayil Fayil Fayil » Jj-i.. r^' J^^ lisC^ :i S^' Jj'i musvcdd mousirr tamm miihmerr canim mustaqill moiihihb magarr maMll mahalle mfmerr meheJih eklieff et^mrn esahli aqalV c-asz eUzx.' meci'(J'<l('t mehab'bet nt Euphonic Changes of the Letters. 161 Infinitive. Root, Remainder. Measure. Natural form, Assimilated form. V'jJi Cj^^-.i-' mazar'rat cSj^~^ mMr'rit cu-lj^ mhel'Ut \0t ^Ti Exercise 153. '^sr u^ p. 412. Modification of vav jlj J>lcl JEelali vav. Infinitive. Root, Remainder. Measure. Natural form*. Modified form. \\y^ V'^r. j;a r/^ ; iS **da'im dayim MP V'JS' Jeii Jjfi Jtli **3a'a, 582/(7 ^'^ V^' Ji& ***'_^__iL JU. khalee v;^ V'rS.' Jet^ "(.jU J U **sa'i»! sayim 6 ' ' V- j;a ;,L ij'\~. samee ^P-^ V'rS: jSli ***'^ji J I; **na'im, nayim ^^Uj V'^i: j-,Q ***;^i3 ^J=\'j razee '».r;^,°^l jiL^ M^foul f UJa^j mouslafu Words. 1. permanent. 2. consenting. 3. empty. 4. fasting (adjective). 5. sublime. 6. sleeper. 7. one who consents. 7a. pure. * The forms in this column do not actually occur, but are given to show how the rule works. ** (') This sign is to show the transliteration of H6mz6 . . *** Vav with a vowel 6sr^ (j— -iv] is changed into long iS -ee. t Or jU<M with short 61if. Key to the Turkish Conv.-Grammar. H 162 s^ u'J^ Lesson 59. )^r Infinitive, Root, Remainder. Measure. Natural form, Modififd form, B^;i V'.> ■^IVi'. *Ouijit-. .- Uk.-» mikhafet 'Sy^ VjSi J.Ii^ *j3r. jlj.^ mezaq^ Sy Vp^ jii: *p^ r L-A menam '"o'^^ V'o^r- Ji-L. 6j>- ijlx« mekiun "^>J- V3S. jxi: 33^=_. jC>^ mejas "o;:. Vo^: jii'^ 0_j^_- <Lj L-« mem at ^'^jjj Vs33 jfiij. MSjI, jI^.I iijrad » 1 'j^ V^'^j juii_ JUJI. JU=j1_ ir/saZ '%'-J Vi.3 Jtiil, iU-Sl, i U.;l_ ij/Jo(Z \J^J V^^3 juii^ ^Ujl !-v»l ij/^a7i «-^_,'ij v^^ Jfiii, ^i'j[ tUl^ ii/gat "Vj-i V'^..5 juii^ '-'(=- jI ,_jL==j1_ iyja& iV-^ Vsil julLi, j[i^^\ . li^JL-l^ istifa' ".us V:i3 JU.V,:J jiij^l[ t. U_i-1 istiyfa' ■b-i V'^.j,j jilipi. ^'jL.\ j-L^."«j_ istiyzali 8. Fear. 9. Taste. 9a. Sleep. 9 b. Place. 10. Metaphor. 11. Death. 12. To deliver, to cite. 13. To send. 14. Invention. 1.5. Explanation, 15a. To act; action. 15b. necessity. 16. Re- signation. 17. To receive. 18. To ask an explanation. * Vav with listvln (— j -ve-) is changed into long ^lif -a -. Note. These meanings and those in the next three pages are the meanings of the words in column 5, not of those in column 1. ^^r Euphonic Changes of the Letters. 163 Noi ^cJUi Exercise 154. 'uK u^ p. 414. Modification of ye 4 J;>(tl Eelali ya. Infinitive. Root, Remainder. Measure, Natural form. Modified form. 'ul' 6 , ' Fayil Fayil Fayil Fayil Fayil Fayil p^t— — : .9&^ ^J'j^ *^ Ij ■^''''*'') ««!/«'»■ *Ji;^lj «a'i(^, «aj/i(i ^Ul naHl, nayil *JJ^ saHr, sayir ^j_y mouris .-« > *!rtj^. muhtaj ^« > **jUj.. mAzdad moujir 1. 1 1:^1 iktisa'' <■ l^' I intiha^ I- liiri_ iktifa^ tLv^l^ istikia' Words. I. Believer, la. Visitor. 2. Redundant. 3. Worthy. 4. Other, remainder. 5. Testator. 5a. Needy. 5b. Submitted. 5c. Augmented. 5d. Landlord. 6. To wear a garment. 7. End. 8. To suffice. 9. Complaint. 10. An official written communication to a superior. * These words are commonly pronounced as zayir, sayir, nayil (§ 41). ** The vowel is removed (§§ 701c, 702). 11* 164 9^ wJ^ Lesson 59. s^•L Infinitive. Root, Remainder. Measure. Natural form. Modified form. 11 .' 13 . '■ <^ I J J— M. J "'u\j-^J 20°. ''■' 21 22 23 1 ' 'Vi 24 . ' V J- V3S^ J-r "oisu!. .oijli.. o ^^ ^ ? 1.^ fij:^ L-_>« oo3ij.. ^z^ & L^ •■ \k'->.\ ikhfa' t LL 1_ ihqa' !. li. jl irMa' <■ LL-I isga' •■ I i I tfoa' ^lil. mefaz jIj^ nihad Jl3=_. mehal OiU>_^. me'rzat o>>L»^ malat a'j'c.. minare o Itl^^ m lira' at O'lJi^-* mi'ilaqat '. ' ' >oliUi-« m Asa fat ^ ^> ^ol=-l^ munajat OjIjIj^ mi'idavat OjI*L-- mubahat Oilsl:-. niiinafat 10a. To hide. 10b. Confirming. 10c. To loosen. 11. Giving to drink. 12. To perform. 13. To wear. 14. Abundance. 15. Auction. 16. Cunning, skill. 16a. Will. 16b. Sublimity. 17. Lighthouse. IS. Respect. 19. Interview. 20. Amity. 21. Supplication. 22. Medical treatment. 23. To vaunt. 24. Discord. ne Euphonic Changes of the Lettei's. 165 Infinitive, Root, Remainder Measure. Natural form. Modified form. p' M6foul Fayil cjlil^-< mukiafat vol3^=-" inujazat A^y murad r 5 • moMgecm 25. Eeward. 26. Punishment. 27. Will. 28. Resident. Modification of Elif and Hemze e*,/ j J^\ S'% Infinicive, Root, Remainder. Measure, Natural form. IVIodified form. ^-S-> vs^i Jfiii J^'\\ jUj1_ lyjVir ^jWI .^1 Fayil > J^^ moujir '^SVi V:.i jU°i^ll j\^J:^~.[ jl=c_'-,| isteejar *jU-_,^| ^i:- Fayil ^=.L:._^ mustfjir ^^:i VliJi jr;°i-°..,i ^t^ll ^ Lj:._1 isteenaf ^j:-t S'SJ\ J ral:°„i JULi-l JUr-^^l_ isteesal ^, n IL- Jl Fayil .-Ji-lj^ miiillif 8 1- ^ o « - > . - J > o-t^'^-' (j-*-l » L^~ t-- (_j — .-_^ muSs'su ^_ . . ^> . ,■£ > •'^'Li J\ » J. . ^-;_jj mue$sir "^.jf; li^I Mefoul \j>:L Uj.» muvSdda 1. Leasing. 2. Landlord. 3. Hiring. 4. Lessee. 5. To appeal. 6. "Uprooting. 7. Compiler. 8. Founder. 9. Influential. 10. paid. 166 B^ ^J^J^ Lesson 59. Ml 1^ (^.Sal Eeadinff Exei'cise. ( 1 1 ) The Prophet's Speech, (p. 426.) The venerable Prophet, on a Friday, riding on his camel, attended by believers one hundred in number, left Qouba and departed towards the main city of Medina. On the way he turned to his left and halted in the settlement of the children of Salim Ben Of, in the upper part of the valley called Ranouna. There he recited a very eloquent speech and performed his Friday prayer. This is the very first Friday prayer which the Seal (last) of the Prophets performed. And this is his first speech (khoufbe), the translation of which is given below in brief. The venerable prophet rose up and, after praising and glorifying God in a very suitable way, spoke thus: "0 people, prepare for your future state during your lifetime. Know of a surety that in the Resurrection day (it will be stricken to the head of) everyman will be reprimanded and will be asked about the sheep which he left without a shepherd (astray). Afterwards God will speak to him . . . but how will he speak? He has no translator, no chamberlain, He will say personally: '0, My servant! did not My prophet come to you and communicate to you (my commands)? I have given you property, blessing and favour; what have you prepared for yourself.' "That person also will look to his left and right but will not see anything (alms etc.). He will look to his front, and there he will see but hell. Therefore every one that can save himself from the fire of hell, even with half a date, let him do that good work. If he cannot afford even that, at least let him deliver himself with the Beautiful Sentence. (Saying There is no god but God and Mouhammed His prophet p. 251) Be- cause through that Sentence from a ten-fold to 700 folds reward {shah) will be given by God for one good action (khai/r)." May the peace (greeting) and the mercy and the blessing of God be upon the Prophet of God! JSvdet Pasha. Note. a. ._jlji sevab is the eternal reward promised to man by God for his conduct on earth. nv 167 The Tubkish Appendix. ^;l^p oLJ ui^Jo 15-1 Bedreqayi Lisani Osniani yani Lisani Osmaninin TaJisiline Malthsous Souhoulethalchsh Bir Ousonl A Guide to the Ottoman Language which is An Easy Method of Studying the Ottoman Language. 2 corresponds to the 1st. p 3 » » » 6—11 4 » » » 12—13 5 » » » 14 6 » » » 15—17 7 » » >> 18—20 8 » » » 20-21 9 » » » 21-22 10 » » » 23—29 11 » » 29 12 » » » 30 13 » » » 30 » » » 168 The Turkish Appendix. , HA I. Miscellaneous Documents. tUi d\:,\x^ JSenedatin JEnvayi. \ Adee Deyn Senedi jar.-, 0'_3 jilc J J^J^^C. It ♦ • ♦ _^l Li u^: (j-J^ ^'^^ '^i*-^' l^fiJ ^"-^-J 6_^>l-^ ^bL^I 6->-^oL" Translation. 6. , 1319. 4000 piastres. j^ Aug. TqQo" Know all men by these presents, that, 91 days after date (I promise to pay) together with the interest, 25 paras per £, each month (7^2 °/o) to the esteemed merchant Mr. John Izmirhan the sum of four thousand piastres, as is mentioned above, which I received from him. Witness Witness Witness Debtor Esed Bekir Bedri Kasib. Words. 1. a. itibar esteem, consideration (VIII. of 'ibrH): itibarSn considered, beginning; after (Adverb §681). 2. uad^ date for payment, maturity. 3. p. hS-liir to eacli (§ 557b). 4. a. shehree monthly (§ 579). 5. a. fayiz interest (fayil of fevz). 6. a. tiijjaran pi. of tajjar (§ 512). a. muteber esteemed (mefoul oi 'itibar). 7. a. yed hand. 8. as it is mentioned above (§ 557 f.) i. e. in the heading. 9. a. alchz if." to take, receive (§ 272), a. istidani to borrow. (X. of dei/n § 631.) Notes: I. S(i'Hedai?n Sicnyt Miscellaneous Documents: sdnidat pi. of .sc'Hc'fZ documents; enva^ pi. of «e'c' kind. The documents are divided into three classes: Senidati adeeye (pi. of sSnedi adi, adi sMd) Ordinary Notes, Sinklatt Bhniiyi Official Notes or Documents, Shiidati Tujjariye Commercial Notes. Official Documents are those 1^^ Miscellaneous Documents. 169 which are drawn up in the presence of or by the Court (title- deeds etc.). Commercial Notes are drawn up by merchants. Ordinary Notes are non-official and non-commercial papers and circulated among the common people. II. Badiyi tistiri sinid ol dour lei, Bayisi tajiriri sSned ol dour Tci, Vfjhi tahriri hourouf ol dour ki 'the reason of the compilation of the note is that' are terms which were used at the beginning of any deed ; but now are getting obsolete. III. Dates for payment {vadi), is given in odd numbers, as: n, 21, 31, 61, 91, 121, 181, 361. IV. JUr <JX BimSnnihi Ta'ala or the construction sign as it is seen in the text, is always put before beginning any writing, address of letters etc. meaning 'by the Grace of God'. V. Elm^dyoun 'the debtor' must be put over the signature or seal of the debtor. VI. Usually in the deeds there are witnesses. The word Esh-shahid JjuLill denoting 'the witness' must bo put over the names. VII. The present note renders the money payable in current money, that is counting the £t. 108 piastres. If it is payable in gold, i. e. counting the £t. 100 piasters, then it is necessary to add 'deort hin ghouroush sikkeyi Iclialise or sagh para. Bayij para mean current money. The government receives the m^jidiy^ as = 19 piastres and the pound as = 102 piastres. VIII. The date is given at the end of the notes or letters. The sign before the day of the month stands for (i fi 'in, at' (§ 671, i), and that under the date of the year is for ^^ s^w^'year'. IX. Ycdifiiz 'only, simply' is a term added before the amount of the debt, if the interest is not included in that amount. It shows that the amount ia only the capital. X. Signatures alone are not valid among Moslems. It is necessary to affix the seal or the stamp of the 2^3 finger. But among Christians either a seal or signature is sufficient. The dots of the signatures were omitted in olden times, but now it is customary to put them in. XI. The orthography of Notes and official papers difi'ers from that of literature. The use of the vowels in Turkish words is limited. The orthography of pages )\. — f 'f» — n differs from that of the remaining pages and from the orthography of the Key. XII. Revenue stamps are applied at the end of Notes, in proportion to the amount contained in them. From 1 piastres to 100 10 paras 101 > > » 1000 20 » 1001 ) » 2000 1 piastres 2001 > » 4000 2 » 4001 > » 6000 3 » And beyond for each 2000 piastres add 40 paras. 170 The Turkish Appendix. )V T ^^j.1^ ^},^ Folitsa Senedi A Draft. .SjAi^jl Ail Iji; Jj.; . *j^ii_^5;S^<.tl_=w ^>_j_jj.4 -ijjlr 5 1319 ^T. 20.00 Merzifoun, 7^ June 18. 1903. Eleven days after date pay to the holder of this draft Mr. Gregor Kibarian, or order, t\yenty Turkish pounds, value received, and charge to my account. Nmiri. To Mr. Pascal Bahqjian, Vezir Han, Csesarea. Indorsement. Pay to Mihiri Effendi, teacher of the Ottoman language. Value received on account. 11. , 1319. FTT- June 1903. Gregor Kiharian. Notes and Words, f. Folitsa, policha draft (It. polizia). 1. a. 7)n- mil bearer, holder. 2. a. ^mr order. 8. a. teMxy^ H." to pay (II. of ida 616). 4. a. liisaba gechirmek to charge to the account. 5. a. hedel value, a. naqdhi by cash (Adverb 681) dkhz olounmoush dour received. 6. i.jiro endorsement (It. giro). 7. teacher. 8. hisabhi on account (§ 681), meihouz received, taken (mefoul of aWi,r\ r yy_ jjil, ^^j^^ ^,,\ Emr Senedi yaMod Bono. Tl'ortis. a. i?m)- shiedi, Emre moiiharrer shied note on order. f.borio note {It buono). 1. a. zakhire tajiri corn merchant. 2. esteem- ed. 3. a. muhaya'a to buy (III. of hey' 618). 4. a. Mdel value. 'V) Miscellaneous Documents. 171 A Note of Hand. 9. 1318. ^T. 45.00 Constantinople, ^ August tqtt^- Thirty-one days after date I promise to pay to the order of the esteemed Kerim Effendi, the corn merchant, the above mentioned amount, i. e. forty-five Turkish pounds due by me; value received in merchandise. Mouradian 5. a. murour St." to pass. t A Receipt ^^jlL-, J'^y^'^ Maqboum Senecli. A 1 Q 1 n ^T. 8.00 Merzifoun, j^ Sept. j^ Received of Mr. Khachadom% College student, the sum of eight Turkish pounds, on account, for six months' school ex- penses, from the beginning of Sept. till the end of February 1903. George White, Treasurer of Anatolia College. 12. 1319. 400 Piastres Constantinople, ^ July . „ , ,,' Received from the Treasury of Public Instruction my monthly salary for July 1319, four hundred piastres. Mihri, Turkish teacher of the Armenian School in Yedikoule. o A Cheque ,<-4Jji dU- Chek numounesi. £T. 100.00 Samsoun, t^ Dec. 18. 19C0. At sight pay to Mr. Bedros Papazian one hundred Turkish pounds. Ahmid. Words, p. numounS form. 172 The Turkish Appendix. tVf ■\ "utijil Ihranaine. jij4.iv:,l A Quittance. 9 1319. Van, 22" Sept. ^^^g- I hereby acknowledge that all my accounts with Pazarjl Ohanness Agha up to the present date are settled, and that I have no kind of claim on him. Ashkanaz. Words: 1. a. p. Ihra name a declaring another free from debt to one's self, an acquitting (IV. of o^l^. 6^raVi innocence § 620); nami letter, paper (§ 538). 2. t. deyin, dSgin until, till. Bek, diyin, for qadar, are not much used in speech and elegant language, they are retained in official forms (§ 234). 8. a. zimmH obli- gation, self, himself, by. 4. a. houqouc[ claims, a right, claimable by right (pi. of J=- liaqq). 5. a. kiaffS all, the whole. 6. a. isteefa et." to receive (X. of <.lj_j § 631). 7. bir geona, hit- guna any kind, anything. 8. a. matloiib claim (mefoul of taUb). 9. a. biyaii et." to declare. Y Guarantee i.,^d!i\'<S^ Kefaletname. 18. June 1298. I guarantee that, 1- July 1882. Hon. Hagop Effendi Matteossian, an Ottoman subject, who lias applied to open a printing-house, will pubhsh only such books as are not injurious to the interests of the state aiQd the dominion; and that he will behave according to the Press Code. For which this guarantee-paper is given to tlie Subliine Government. Stqxtn Mardigiati. A A Contract ^L>b^y Qontourato. Merzifoun, jj- Okt. ^^ I hereby lease my field of six acres, with its defined boun- daries, situated in the locality called Pasha D6resi in Merzifoun, to Ali Agha the gardener, on the following terms: » vr Miscellaneous Documents. 173 He may plant there whatever he desires ; the fruit of the trees will belong to him. The rent is £T. 15, per annum, payable in advance. Period: from the first of Qasim till the end of Khidirellez, Siivislicm. \ Power of Attorney -L^ldlTj Vekialetname. Know all men by these presents that: Having a claim of ^T. 70 on Raphael Agha, hotel keeper, dwelling in Remzi Effendi Han, Nourou Osmaniye, Constan- tinople, I do hereby make, constitute and appoint Hon. Margarios Effendi, the eminent lawyer, residing at No. 6 Arnavout Han, as my attorney, with full power to collect and deliver to me the aforesaid sum of money and to do and perform all necessary acts in execution and prosecution as I might do were I per- sonally present. For which purpose I sign this power of attorney and deliver it to him 7- J 1 13l6. Dikran Hagopian, 19. ^ 1900. Residing in Kilise Han, Constantinople. I hereby certify that the above signature is the personal signature of Mr. Dikran Hagopian. Notary Pubhc of Constantinople ^ 1. mouqavelat rf.ouhar'rirliyi. \ • Certificates from the Community Councils. As Mardiros Agha the son of Serkis, resident^ in our village (or street) is going to purchase^ for the sum of 24000 piastres the wooden^ house* owned^ by Zekeria Agha the son of Youssouf, No. 46 Chorlou street, this certificate is delivered in order to show that the said purchaser^ is an Ottoman subject. Council of the Protestant Community of Mounjousoun, Gesarea. Preacher 1^* Bailiff '2.^^ Bailiff. \ \ As the orphans'-^ Hadij6 and Nouriye", who were long since left' without support^" by the late^ Salih Agha, formerly captain in the First Company of the First Regiment^ of the Second Imperial Army Corps, are resident in our street: Words. 1. mutimeKkin dwelling (fayil of Umihkun). a. velM the son, used for non-Moslems, while hen is used for Moslems (§ 669'). 2. a. muUsarrif 61." to own. 3. a. akhshab timber (pi. of JchasMb). 4. a. menzil house. 5. a. isJitira, muhaya'a to buy. 6. a. mushtM customer (fayil otishtira). 7. a. mouqaddima formerly (mefoul of taqdim, adverb § 681). 8. p. piyadi infantry, alay regiment, heoluk company, yusbashi captain. 9. a. muteveffa deceased (mefoul of tevSffi, V. of vefat § 623). 10. p. hivayi without support, helpless (6i- 'without' § 530). 11. p. naman pi. oi nam names. 12. a. iytam pi. of yetim orphan. 174 The Turkish Appendix. (Vt This certificate is sealed^" and delivered in order to show that they are now^^ living^'' and that Hadije is not married ''" yet. Council of the Moslem Community of Haji Bah, Merzifoun. Imam 1=' Bailiff S-"! Bailiff. 13. a. el-an now, at present. 14. p. a. her hayat living. 15. ire varmaq to marry (said of a woman). 16. a. bit temliir sealed, sealing, (64- § 671b and temhir II. of p. miiJir seal). ^ V Diploma -uUjUl Ijaffetnanie. {S-"-^y^ <.^-Jl J fjlc- £sj^::S^A (^jjil ^U^ ijUl_j ^lUj oJJjU ^r Certificate a^LoI^ Shehadetname. oJ.Uja)j| 2o^^m ^jl; oLfl aL'^.- ^_^ jUi. 3l_,J ^^Ul^i. »A:i_,li 0 The bearer of this diploma,^ Vahan K^gham Effendi has studied^ science and the languages in our school according* to the regular'* programme^ and by his good behaviour and excellent character" has earned' the respect^ of the Faculty'. For which, cause as the directors^* (of this institution), we" award tV8 Miscellaneous Letters. 175 him this diplom of higher sciences^'' ecjuaF^ to the certificates" of science and literature^^. 8. 1310 On behalf of the Managers^" On behalf of the Faculty of Anatolia College: of Anatolia College: Edicard Biggs. Charles Tracy, Director. Words. 1. p. darindd bearer, holder (§ 549). a. visiqa certi- ficate (§§ 582, 646). a. p. ijazH nami diploma, (IV. of j4vaz § 620). 2. a. ouloum, ft'moun (pi. of 'ilm, fenn science), a. elsin^ pi. of lisan language § 642), mouqarrSr^ appointed (m^foul of taqrir § 634 a, agree- ing with the noun § 656). 3. a. tMib arrangement, program (II. of rutbS § 615). a. mcckhsous especial, appointed (m^foul of Ichousous)- 4. vejhli com. v^chU according to, in the manner of. 5. a. Udirrus, talisil to study, to learn (V. of ddrs, II. of housoiiT). 6. a. husn, Misun probity, beauty, hal behaviour (§ 695"). a. cdchlaq pi. of Ichoulq character, hamidi praised (ad. qual. of hatnd). 7. a. hiyiti mou'allimoun the assembly of teachers, i. e. faculty. 8. a. tevejjuh favour, regard. 9. a. maghar 61." to be subject of (n. w. mim of zouhour). 10. a. MSbiyat literature. 11. ijazet name See No. 1. 12. mou'adil equal (fayil of mou'addU). 13. a. ouloumou allije higher sciences. 14. a. hasbil mudiriyd in accordance with the managers: hash adverb. 15. a. Myki mudiran the assembly of directors i. e. the managers. 16. a. mudavimet assiduity, attendance. 17. a. p. Ud- rislcerde: IcerdS made, done (§ 555). 18. a. mAntasamen completely (m^foul of intieam and adverb). 19. a. mutivaliym consecutively, successively (fayil of tevali § 634 c). 20. a. ihrae to show (IV. of hurous). a. shiyar token, sign. a. siyret character, a. ishat H to prove, atiirm. iieddub decorum, a. Burhani Tiraqqi proof of progress. 11. Miscellaneous Letters Atp. Cj^>-^ Mektoubatt Mutenevviya. J Notes. 1. n. jidd earnestness; Adj. Qaal. jSdid new (§ 606). it." to renew, renewal (§ 615). tejeddud to be renewed (§ 622). p. sal year. 2. a. t. mUnasibeiiyle on the occasion, a. hissiyat feelings (pi. of hissi). a. sliukran thankfulness, a. sadaqat fidelity. a. tikrar to repeat. He for ederik. 3. a. fce'sft ci." to have, to gain, a. fakhr glory, pride. sMref honour. 4. a. ouboudiyet gratitude. thayCid St." to increase (VI. of ziyade). 176 The Turkish Appendix. IY1 .ji oA>»4l| iAiJ rJ-^ iscSAljijJ (j,^;^jJjl Jy^ -ti-Jjis ijOji 5. a. UsMddud H." to hecome abundant, strong (V. of shidddt). khoulous sincerity, khjial perfection (§ 695 1'). 6. a. edmr life, iqhal prosperity (IV. of qaboiiT). a. temadi long continuance (VI. of me'(^i). meshghoul hnsy, occupied {miioul of shoughl). 7. 7ie> TiaZtZe on every occasion, condition. Uv^jjiihat regard (pi. of tevejjuh (§ 647). 8. a. sami, samee high, esteemed (fayil of simou). vM niyami: -velee, vili patron, niyam pi. of nimet favour, iS is for nisb^ (§ 641). a. baga permanency, enduring. 9. istirham to beseech, to ask. khattni kelam Persian Izaf^t. kliatm to finish, kelam word. 10. a. makhdoum son (m^foul of kliidmH). Congratulation on the New -Year. ,, ., 31. Dec. 1322. _ _ Merzifoun, ^^-^— ^^^ My dear father. I feel myself greatly honoured by having the opportunity of once more assuring you of my fidelity and gratitude as is suitable on New Year's Day. With the increase of years my gratitude increases, though I am sorry that I am obliged to remain far from you. My wife who loves you most sincerely continues to pray for the long continuance of your life and prosperity. I con- clude with a request for the continuance of your favour. Your son Seraphmi. (Address) The honourable Abdurrahman Effendi Amassia. ^0 ^^^,l:5C> rrljiji Igdivaj Tebriknamesi. Congratulation on Marriage. 1. 1324 Constantmople, -^ May j^^ Rev. Bedross Izmirlian. My Dear Sir. I have the honour to pj'esent my congratulations on the marriage of your daughter. The entrance of our daughter into such an esteemed and respectable family is an event that will 1YY Miscellaneous Letters. 177 be looked upon with great joy. I am very sorry that I could not be present at her wedding. May the Most Merciful God bestow his blessings upon both the families thus united. Your friend jSlania. ^ "^ -iuli) j.5 Ia'siyet7ianie. . jaIjI iijLi J jxSi. ijjJJl ii^-^ ^4.=.aL'1£ 'jVjj o-'«-ct= fUi <_i;>jJjl ^^T ^. ^'^J^.J J;^' J)^ 0^j\ JiJ^' (^^ ^ojl-li^sll, Jl^^l ijji. jj; J?' Tfords. 1. a. taziye consolation (II. of ^Ijc-). p. nUnioun^ numa serving as an example, pattern (§ 535). a. fall munificence. tffet chastity, p. khamdan noble family, household, p. dest hand, p. hidad cruel, unjust, a. ejSl death, p. duehar ol." to be subject to, to suffer. 2. a. eiya' loss, a^im great. ayiU as a whole family. hadd limit, p. ifsoun more, beyond. 3. a. mAkedder grieved, p. dilkhoun heart-bleeding (§ 537). a. maqoule (fem. of maqoul) said, resembling, such. a. a7i»a? events, a. p. taqatgHdas melting the strength, grievous. 4. merhem vulg. mehUm salve. iadiZ ^i." to lighten, to soothe, a. sabr patience. a. jemil praiseworthy, a. rebiani divine (§ 580'). 5. a. qouloub hearts (pi. of qalb); p. jJ.»JLw. must-mend, mustem^nd sad, humble (mttst grief + mend, § 532). a. vuroud reaching. He for i;^, Sdirek. 6. a. mkunet sub- mission, sukunit hakhsli submissive (§ 585). ^^^ hayy living: adj. qu. of hayat. layemout immortal (§ 694'). a. hitiazarrou' humbling oneself in prayer, p. niyaz it!' to ask. p. j^ijAi^ fellow sufi'erer (not $iiyJ^). Letter of Condolence. Mr. Aram Afif Eff, ^^°' 19. ^°- 1903. Merzifoun. Dear Brother, Our heart (the heart of our family) is bleeding and deeply grieved at the great loss which your family has suffered at Key to the Turkish Conv. -Grammar. 12 178 The Turkish Appendix. »VA the cruel hand of Death ; your family, which has been an example of grace and chastity. We ask with great humility from (the immortal and ever- living) God that patience, worthy of divine praise, which is a soothing balm for such events as sap the strength of man, be soon bestowed on your sad heart, and may your afflictions be relieved. With much sympathy: Yakoiib. A Letter of Thanks to a Friend on the Occasion of a Present of a Piece of Needlework. 17. , 1319. Broussa, ^^ August tt^t^ Mr. Selim Sirry, ^^- ^^^^• Adrianople. My dear Friend, I am much obliged for your kind present. I assure you that nothing has pleased me so much. Everybody admired your present. These things are very valuable in my sight be- cause they are the work of your skilful hands. I must thank you for your kindness. In thus expressing my feelings 1 take the opportunity of begging the continuance of your favour. Yours Ferid. \ A A Letter of Apology a^\2jJ*^ Ma'zeretname. 1- ^, 1323. Angora, jg- May ^g^y- Dear Brother, I know what great negligence I have shown in not being able to answer your letters. But if you know the number of my engagements, instead of blaming me you would even pity me. I need your love and sympathy. To with draw your loving hand from me means to multiply my afflictions. I await your letter eagerly (by four eyes). Yours affectionately AhdouUali. s \ A Letter of Introduction 4.«U..jj? My dear Friend, I have the honour to introduce to you my esteemed friend Selim Effendi. I am sure that the necessary help and con- sideration will not be refused by your kind heart, which 1 have so long known well. All the kindness you bestow on him will be regarded as done to me, so by one kind action you will obhge two persons. Yours truly. 1V^ Miscellaneous Letters. 179 T • Invitation to a Wedding ^^ej^ Cjjts -cj.^ <uJj 1. . "l312." Sir, Is: ^'^Sust jggg- By the grace of God, next Thursday about five o'clock (Turkish) my wedding entertainment is (arranged) to be held at my house. I should be very much obliged if you could honour this entertainment with your presence (which is my sincerest desire). T\ Invitation to a Social ^Iruyi *^^-*^ a ^•^'^^ A social gathering will be held in our house on the l*'^ of the present month (0. S.) at 1 o'clock (P. M. Turkish). Your presence and that of your family is (especially) requested. TY A Favourable Answer ^^jlj.* ^\j>. Many thanks for your kind invitation, which I have much pleasure in accepting. rr Invitation ^-ej^ Ojcs Davet Te&keresL Dear Sir, The yearly examination of the pupils of our school being finished now, the awarding of prizes will take place on Tuesday the 11"' of the present month at 1.30 P. M. For the purpose of brightening our entertainment with the presence of your honourable person, please honour us kindly and condescendingly and oblige us (make me sharer of glory and happiness). By this request I hasten to present my regards. III. Petition JJU;,^ ArzihallarK T t To the lUustr. Minister of Public Instruction. Your Excellency, 1 beg you to grant me a permission for the printing and publication of my work entitled^ 'A Dictionary, Enghsh Armenian', the manuscript' of which is presented* with my humble petition^. — npp ^^OT- Ohannis. 20. 1891. Words. 1. a. JUi^i^t arsthal com. arzoiihal petition. UJ'i- presenting + JU- case, condition § 537), the same as a, tlcj,:u-l istid'a (X. of fSjs-i). a. i^jUki iiizarH ministry, a. aLU. glorious, illustrious: applied to the ministries and provinces the ministers 12* 180 The Turkish Appendix. »A» or the governors of which are either viziers or mushirs. If the minister and governor be below the Bala degree, then 4-^^ hehii/e 'graceful' and -JLt aliye 'sublime' are used. See the titles in pages 439 — 443. 2. p. mam name, named, a. &(?»■ work, a.'p.ajizane a polite term for 'my'. 3. a. m-tisevveddi a draft, sketch, manu- script (M^foul of tesveed II. of jIj.— if pron. mtisvedde is Mefoul of isvidad, IX. of Aj- §§ 629, 684'"). 4. a. taqdim H." to present. 5. a. istid'a See Note 1. p. chaltM slave, servant; a term of politeness for I. a. U. ma'en together, ma with tenvin § 681. ro To the President of the Civil Section of the Court of First Instance at Merzifoun. My petition humbly showeth that: Saddler Tores Agha residing in the street of Haji Bali, owes me as a balance of a note (on the person of T. A.; by a note; the part without payment) 36 Turkish pounds. Though two months have passed beyond the date fixed, he has not yet paid his debt. Therefore I ask your Honour to (for zhn- nmcla) pass the verdict upon the said amount together with the interest and the court expense and to take all necessary steps. For this case everything depends on your order and verdict '■i'^-^ ,,, , j^ ToruDian the son of Youssouf. 1899 ^^^^"^""^ 21. Diffe?-ent forms of some ivords used in handirrHiiKj. The following words are written by masters in different forms: ' *.,_^sxA\ ' ^xi\ ' ^xi\ ' p, ' J_^_ ' JU ' ^-. ' J, ' J ' ii; ' „:> ' B^ ' U, Notes. Eiqa is the ordinary current handwriting, used in Turkish, a. Matt writing, Turk, i/az'i, riqa ihatti = cl yazis'i. a. mAstamel used (Mefoul of istimal). ('shlcuil forms. 7ni'tie>iei-vi difl'erent (fayil of tenevvH). TY Directions cXi^ Tali mat. iM Miscellaneous Letters. 181 Ali=-4;jL 4li_jj ! (jJJL'Cjl. oJJ-lU. pjiJ. oiU.1. ^._:t^ tSXil Jj^ cy'^ oAlJ >. f^^c- fljju-L .i^3t* c5-i.l3\ (j.j^ c^^ .J-"-*-^^ A>-«.L ji:. • • • • '^^^•^ (3;=i_.l; ,j=- ' (Jrlt Words. 1. a. _,k- sofa- com. saUr a line of written characters. ^vvel Smrde in the first instance: a. _,^f thing, p. d-drtlst correct, accurate: d{mistj4 correctly (§ 458). 2. a. meleke master}', readiness. meUlcd gelmek to acquire a ready power or mastery, bir qalemde in one stroke, alel ajiU hastily (§ 671 f). a. jehd it." to strive to the utmost. 2. a. t. MisHnlii beautiful, oldouqja if there is any possibility, a. khattt mlXstaqim straight line: Tchatt line. t. dizili arranged (verb. adj. of dizmih to arrange § 442). 4. a. latif graceful, a. zarif elegant. mUnasib d'CtshSrse wherever it is proper, istif ousoulou lie pilling up in order, building over another. Directions. First: Whatever word the student is to write he must know in the first instance how fo read it and the meaning of it. Second : Until the student gains mastery, instead of striving to write the words hastily at one stroke, he must write every part of the word separately, that is moving the pen and raising it a.t each letter. For instance: the word j.^;^. mcmfakhkhamtmiz may be written in five strokes: as 1 ■ ( ■ . c ' . ( . • . Third: One of the other peculiarities which show graceful and regular handwriting is that the letters must be arranged on a straight line as far as possible. (So that if you put a ruler under a line, all the letters must stand upon the ruler, except (• ' f ' Q which must stand half above the line half below, for instance 'jxlC- oja;U. ^t ojLil, >j«^. ^sxi\ jj.«, ^^[^ j^J^ 1. Our teacher Haji Sldql Effendi is residing in Aj^m Han Mahmoud Pasha. ' 182 The Turkish Appendix. (Af must be written all above the line, except the mini; which is more graceful and elegant.) P'ourth: If it is possible the words must be written as arranged over one another. For instance j^ii-^l; ,3^ ' JW oli (ij^lt zatt alt, haqqt namustahaqqi ajizi must be written with a slope, as shewn in the text. Ao-UVI jl=c;s| 'oJ,L- Uli ^Js A_i.=-1 ^j'yC J '.i^J iS^-^j- ^\ . ' Ji J 4j U c-li i:- JjVl )^,^ »r (i 'Words. 1. Roit'ous the diploma conferring degree of nobility (p. 458) issued by the Grand Viziriate. Khatti Divani a style of Jarge handwriting used in the Imperial Chancery for engrossing letters patent. Ba6js«rasA;m the War Department (p. 443). a.lcMUfa clerlis (pi. of Ichalife). 2. a. iftikhar glory, a. ekwtrim very honour- able (pi. of ikrim). emajid most illustrious ones (pi. of emjed). a. damS mijdouhou may his grandeur endure! 3. p. shayiste ^'orVay (M^foul of shayisten). a. atifU kindness, honour, a. sSniye fem. of sMi sublime, high. a. hinayen on account of (adverb). 4. a. shirif sounouh, shirSf soudour issued gloriously (used for the Imperial Irade). emrou iradeyi ihsanade kindly bestoTved order and edict (by symphonious termination § 698). a. irade is verbal edict, fh-man written edict, iradeyi seniye Imperial verbal edict, iradeyi aliyi ministerial order. 6. a. inouj6hiiiji accordingly. 6. a. avatif bounties (pi. of atifet). 7. sine(t), seles mayi ve elf (p. 389). The Diploma of the Second degree of Nobility. To [the glory of] the most illustrious and honourable person Mihri Effendi, (may his grandeur endure!), clerk in the Bureau of foreign correspondence and translation in the S^raskeriat, being worthy of the Imperial (sublime) favours, in accordance with the kindly bestowed Imperial Order and Edict issued gloriously, is granted the 2""! grade of Nobility by the royal bounties. 13 Rebi'l Evvel 1300. T\ A Prayer of Imam Ali JW-li^ y dLic *UI 0 munificent One, I praise Thee: 0 sole object of worship, Thou art supreme. Whomsoever Thou wilt of Thy worshippers Thou dost render the object of Thy endless bounties, and another whom Thou wiliest. Thou m.akest suffer loss and disappointment. «Ar Miscellaneous Letters. 183 My Creator, Thou alone art my refuge, whether in difficulty or in prosperity. I take refuge in Thee, I pray to Thee. 0, my God, though my sin is great yet, is not Thy forgiveness still greater than it? Notes. Kliatti IjazH The original of this piece is written in the text in the characters called IjazSt, ■vyhich is used in the diplomas of Canon Law Schools, a. »L.l imam a leader in public worship (pi. 4i| iyimmi). Jit Jl i>. l>-^J^^ J^ r^' Imam All SI Mourtaza hen EM TaUb the first convert to Islam and i^^ caliph, succeeded Osman, died 660. He was the bravest and most faithful follower of the prophet, whose daughter Fatima he married. >::jUIi. m^najat supplication (III. of j-w-0- ^_f^ liberality, muni- ficence. j_j>- >_^U liberal (§ 695'). J«U- hamid who praises and glorifies God. p. AiK^ yigtane sole, unique, a. ^j^ maboud object of worship, god. a. JUl. mAteali supreme (God). iLt ^ad servants (pi. of x« ahd). p. o'i'i i3 bi payan endless, p. jla._jj subject, a. o\_f^ hhousran loss as to hope of salvation, a. uL.j>- hirman disappointment, a. p. d5 U=Jl iltijagihh refuge, a. ^r— -=^ oitsr difficulty. Jl=. ^.^ yiisri hal a case of afl&uence. ! ^j,}\ilahi! My God! (§ 676 »). A Praise to His Majesty the Sultan. 1. 1., 2. lines. The revealer of the mysteries of the ages has given us a king of praisevcorthy character. (2., 3.) We have a faultless protector, who deserves every kind of praise. There is no limit to the bounties which he bestows, there is no happiness greater than this. 2. (1., 2.) 0 throne (of the Ottomans)! equal to the throne in the seventh heaven, shadowed by the immortal Lotus tree, thou art our keeper. (3., 4.) Through Thy auspices (under your shadow) comes to those who take refuge in thee endless pleasure. You are the shadow of the True One on the crown of the head of the destitute. The True One knows that you are very rightfully entitled to royalty. Notes. 1. The text is written in the style called ta'liq or nhtdliq {niskh-taliq), which is the Persian model of Arabic characters; it is used by Persians, and also in documents of the 184 The Turkish Appendix. ' '^'^ Ottoman Canonical Court, p. sitayish praise, eulogy (§ 551). p. ragdan: raz secret, mj'stery, dan knowing (§ 535). edvar^ ages 'pi. of dew), p. a. sutoude atvar praiseworthy character, p. segavar worthy, deserving: p. seza + veer (§ 532). a. hamee protector, p. hi Uhane faultless. 2. a. Ikl H!' to e.xpend. a. loutf pi. iltaf kindness, a. ghaijkt end. 3. a. ar&li canopy; throne (Tth heaven), a. serir throne, a. siire the Lotus-tree, reputed to exist in the seventh lieaven. a. viqayi to keep, {thli iltijaya sayeRde sdfai/l hi iehaiii gelmekdi dir), isedre aghajinin uzerine sayi atdighi arsh, talcht). 4. a. feraq crown of the head. a. zouafa weak (pi. of zayif. Original of the French Zouave, the Arabs esteeming weak all who are not mounted), a. ztll shadow, haqq the True One. a. eliaqq very rightfully entitled (to a thing). r\ The Praise of Good Handwriting. (Transliteration.) 1. Teallem qtvamel khatti ya za(t)et ti'kldi'ih, 2. Fe mil khattou, ilia zeenet'ul muteed'dibi, 3. Fe in kunte za inalin fi khattuke, zeenitCm, 4. Ve in kunte rnuhtajen fe efdalou iiieksehiii. 1 . Learn good handwriting, 0 student, 2. What is handwriting, but the ornament of the educated? 3. If you are wealthy your writing will be an ornament, 4. If you are a needy one, then it is the noblest of gaining attainments. Note. The Arabic inscription written in this style is called NesiT^h. rT A Prayer For His Majesty. aUJ ..:uaJvT'2(jUJ| j Jj^ tSljsl jijj "6'^'J ojP j'^=- v*-^ = li:>L ■'oVjl oLlI* p-^-J^; J o'^ p-^ ^J '^ol-^b J?^'l 0^ • Ca-T uj-J^j. ^6^ J 'zS^t. iS\jy. ^^•j\ ^6bj-^l_ji' Jl May God, the creator of the world and space, increaser of the splendor of seasons and times, who is exempt from imperfect- ness and defect, cause (keep) our rightous King and Emperor whose favours are universal, the generous benefactor, who is the soul of the body of the universe and tlie light of the eyes of humanity, to adorn the throne of majesty and splendour forever! Notes. I. This inscription is written in Jelee Divanee or Eelianee. Jelee mean large, legible from afar, heavy (characters). II. This piece is a prayer for the Sultan, written in the ancient favourite style of symphonious termination (§ 698). 1. a. Jciiab used before the attributes of God. a. klialiq creator, a. l;ev]> universe, N. of Location mekian space. 2. p. rivnaq efza increasing ''^» Miscellaneous Letters. 185 the_ splendour (§ 535). a. fonsoul pi. of fasl season (of the year), a. eeman pi. of zimmi time. 3. a. tinezzihi who is free from (imperfection, Arabic verb), gatouhou his person, -hou Arab, masc.poss.pron. (§673). a. 'an from. 'a;>imperfectness. a.noqsan deficiency (§ 67P). 4. a. aUmeeyan humanity, mankind ; 'aUmee per- taining to the world, inhabitant of the world. tS_ -ee is for Nisb^; Persian pi. aZemee2/0". 5. a ma'deUt itwaH just, righteous(§ 537): »ia'rf^- i^t justice + 'Ativan title, p. oli;.^ or «Lij>li shahinshaV lung of kings, a title of the Ottoman Sultans. 6. a. ameemou'l - ihsan whose favours are universal, Arab. Izaf^t: 'ameem is adj. qual. of 'oumoum. 7. a. vH^nimSH hi imtinan a generous benefactor, bi- pers. prefix, imtinan upbraiding (VIII. of minndt). 8. a. ila until (§671°). akhirit'ddevran Arab. Izal^t. ^i\ afc/wr fayil of oi__^i.l end. a. objj dhran ages, (the correct pron. is dMran). 9. p. eni:(^ throne, peera adorn (§ 535). a. sherMt on shan imperial majesty and grandeur. The Seals J^^ M^Mirler. 1. Abdul' Kerim. 2. Youssouf Ziya. 3. Mehemmed. 4. Mehemmed Khalid. 5. Mehemmed Salih. 6. Rifat, Rifat. 7. Es seyyid Mehemmed Jemal. 8. Osman Nouri. 9. Es seyyid M6hemmed. 10. Jelale'ddin. 11., 12. Ismayil Haqqt. 13. Hassan Huseyin. 14. Mahmoud. 15. Arif. 16. Ibrahim Edhem. 17. Abdoullab. 18. Youssouf Ziya. 19. Mehemmed Shevqi. 20. Ahmed Hamdi. 21. Mehemmed Ali. 22. Huseyin Hilmi. 23. Mehemmed Nazif. 24. Mehemmed Jevdet. 25. Abdu'l Aziz. 26. Salih. 27. Mehemmed Khoulousi. 28. Mehemmed Nouri. 29. Mehemmed Khayri. 30. Abdu'r Rahman. 31. Osman Nouri. 32. Moustafa. 33. Moustafa Nazmi. 34. Moustafa Fehmi. 35. Mehemmed Fayiq. 36. Osman Nouri. 37. Mehemmed Bfiha'eddin. 38. Ismayil. 39. Khalid. 40. Abdu'l Qadir. 41. Ibrahim Haqqi. 42. Khalil Rifat. 43. Eomer Loutfi. 44. Huseyin Husni. 45. Ohannes Agopian. 46. Ahmed Fayiq. 47. Mehemmed Emin. 48. Mehemmed Sami. 49. Izzet. 50. Mehemmed Moutarr. 51. Mehemmed Mouzaffer. 52. Mehemmed Fou'ad. 53. Mesoud. 54. Mehemmed Shakir. 55. Ismayil Haqqi. 56. Mehemmed Jemal. 57. Mehemmed Osman. 58. Mehemmed Arif. 59. Khalil. 60. Moustafa, vulg. Misdafa. 61. Es seyyid Mehemmed Jemil. 62. Esseyyid Ibrahim Haqqi. 63. Bekir Sidqi. 64. Mahmoud el Huseyni. 65. Osman. 66. Ali. 67. Moustafa Nouri. 68. Yaqoub. 69. Youssouf. 70. Khalil Shevqi. 71. Mehemmed Shakir. 72. Huseyin Sabri. 73. Bekir Sidqi. 74. Es seyyid Mehemmed Jemal. 75. Ali Haydar. 76. Huseyin Tahsin. 77. Ali Ghalib. 78. Mehemmed Ali. 79. Mahmoud. 80. Mehemmed Salim. The End i- Thnme. 12** As an addition to the List of Books mentioned in tlie Preface of the Grammar, we recommend Redhouse's English -Turkish and Turkish -English Dictionary. By Dr. Ch. Wells. B. Quaeitch; 15 Piccadelly, London. Printed by C. F. Winter, Darmstadt. 1 j8o/<^. Educational Works and Class-Books Method Gaspby-Otto-Sauer __ _^^j|l FOR THE STUDY OP MODERN LANGUAGES. '^,^ ..imm'>= published by Julius Groos, HEioBLBERa. • With each newly-learnt language one wins a new soul.« Ghailes V. • At the end of the ig" century the world is ruled by the Interest for trade and traffic ; it breaks through the barriers which separate the peoples and ties up new relations between the nations.^ William II. „Juliita Groos, PublisJiey, has for the last fifty years been devoting his special attention to ed/mational worTcs on modern langnages, and has published a large number of class-boohs for the stvdy of those modern languages most generally spoken. In this particular department he is in our opinion unsur- passed by any other German publisher. The series consists of 312 volumes of different sines which are all arranged on the same system, as is easily seen by a glance at the grammars which so closely resemble one another, that an acquaintance with one greatly facilitates the study of the, others. This is no small advantage in these exacting^ times when the Tcnowledge of one language alone is hardly deemed sufficient. The textbook's of the Gaspey - Otto -Sauer method have, within the last ten years, acquired an universal reputation, increasing in pro- portion as a Jcnowledge of living languages has become a necessity of modern life. The chief advantages, by which theH compare favorably with thousands of similar books, are lowness of price and good appearance, the happy union of theory and practice, the clear scientific basis of the grammar proper com- bined with practical conversational eooercines, and the system, here conceived for the first time and consistently carried out, by which the pupil is really taught to speak and write the foreign language. To this inetliofl is entirely due the enormous success with which the Gaspey- Otto ^ Sauer textbooTcs have met; most other grammars either content themselves with giving the theoretical exposition of the grammatical forms and trouble the pupil vAth a confused mass of the most fa/r-fetched irregularities and exceptions without ever applying them, or go to the other extreme, and simply teach hitn to repeat in a parrot- like manner a few colloquial phrases without letting him grasp the real genius of the foreign language. The system referred 40 is easily discoverable: 1. in the arrangement of the gramma/r ; 2. in the endeavour to enable the pupil to understand a regular text as soon as possible, and above all to teach him to speak the foreign language; this latter point was considered by the authors so particru- larly characteristic of their works, that they have styled them — to distinguish them from other woris of a similar kind — Conversational Cframtnars, The first series comprises manuals for. the use of Englishmen and consists of 57 volumes. Our admiration for this rich collection of wor^, for the method dis- played and the fertile genius of certain of the authors, is increased when we examine the other series, which are intended for the use of foreigners. In these worTis the chief difficulty under which several of the authors have laboured, has been the necessity of teaching a language in a foreign idiom; not to mention the peculiar difficulties which the German idiom offers in writing school-books for the study of that language. We must confess that for those persons who, from a practical point of view, wish to learn a foreign language sufficiently well to enable them to Method (xaspey-Otto-Sauer for the study of modern languages. twite and speak it with ease, the authors have set doum the grammatical rules in such a way, that it is equally easy to understand and to learn them. Moreover, we cannot hut commend the elegance and neatness of the type and binding of the hooHs. It is doubtless on this account too that these volumes have been received with so much favour and that several have reached such a large circulation. We willingly testify that the whole collection gives proof of much care and industry, both with regard to the aims it has in view and the way, in which these have been carried out, and, moreover, reflects great credit on the editor, this collection being in reality quite an exceptional thing of its kind." t. (Extract frotn the Literai'y Bevicw.) AH books bound. Eng-lish Editions. Elementary Modern Armenian Grammar by Gulian . . . . Arabic Grammar by Thatcber , Key to the Arabic Grammax by Thatcher .... , . .... Arabic Obrestomatby by Harder I]>ani8]l Conversation -Grammar by Tbomas Key to the Danish Conversation -Grammar by Thomas .... .... Dntcb Conversation-Grammar by Valette. 3. Ed Key to the Dutch Convers. -Grammar by Valette Dutch Reader by Valette. 2. Ed French Conversation-Grammar by Otto-Onions. 14. Ed. . . net Key to the French Convers.-Grammar by Otto-Oniona. 8. Ed Elementary French Grammar by Wright. 5. Ed French Reader by Onions Materials for French Prose Composition by Otto-Onions. 5. Ed. . . French Dialogues by Otto-Corkran German Conversation-Grammar by Otto. 29. Ed net Key to the German Convers.-Grammar by Otto. 21. Ed Elementary German Ghrammar by Otto. 10. Ed First German Book by Otto. 9. Ed German Reader by Otto. I. 8. Ed., 11. 5. Ed., III. 2. Ed. . . each Materials for translating English into German by Otto-Wright. 7. Ed. Key to the Mater, f. tr. Engl. 1. Germ, by Otto. 3. Ed German Dialogues by Otto. 5. Ed Accidence of the German language by Otto- Wright. 2. Ed. . . . Handbook of English and German Idioms by Lange German Verbs with their appropriate prepositions etc. by Tebbitt . The Hans^ia language (Die Haussaspraohe ; la langue haoussa) by Seidel Hindustani Conversation -Grammar by St. Clair - Tisdall . . . . Key to_the Hindustani Convers.-Grammar by St. Clair -Tisdall Italian Conversation-Grammar by Sauer-de Arteaga. 9. Ed. net Key to the Italian Convers.-Grammar by 8auor-de Arteaga. 8. Ed., . Elementary Italian Grammar by Motti. 4. Ed Italian Reader by Cattaneo. 2. Ed Italian Dialogues by Motti Japanese Converaation-Grammar by Plaut Key to the Japanese OoiiTers, -Grammar by Plaut ! ! ' Modern Persian Conversation-Grammar by' St. Clair-Tisdall '. Key to the Mod. Persian Convers.-Grammar by St, Clair- Tisdall . Portuguese Conversation-Grammar by Ey ......' Key to the Portuguese c.nniri.ra -Oromtnitr hv t-v Method Graspey-Otto-Saner for the stndy of modern languages. -9 net Eiag-listi JEd-itions. Knssian Conversation-t.ilrammar by Motti. b. Ed Key to the Russian CoDvers.-6ra.minar by Motti. 3. Ed Elementary Bussian Grammar by Motti. 3. Ed Key to the Elementary Russian Grammar by Motti, 3. Ed Russian Reader by Werkhaupt and Roller ISerTian Conyersation-Qrammar by Petrovitch Key to the Servian Gonvers.-Grammar by Petrovitcb Spanish Conversation-Grammar by Sauer-de Arteaga. 8. Ed. Key to the Spanish Gonvers.-Grammar by Sauer - de Arteaga. 6. Ed. Elementary Spanish Grammar by Pavia. 2. Ed. Spanish Reader by Arteaga '. Spanish Dialogues by Sauer-Corkran Elementary Swedish Grammar by Fort. 2. Ed Turkish Conversation-Grammar by Hagopian Key to the TurSlsh Couvers. -Grammar by Hagopian Ax-abic EdLitioML. Kleine dentsche Sprachlehre fiir Araber von flartmann .... Ar'iM.enia.ia Edition. Kleine englische Sprachlehre lur Armenier von Gulian .... Biilgar'ia.ii Editions. Kleine dentsche Bpraohlehre tur Buigaren von Uawriysky. 3. Aufl. Kleine englische Spracblehre fiir Buigaren von Gawriysky . . Kleine franxosische Spracblehre fur Buigaren von Gawriysky . Kleine rnssische Sprachlehre fur Buigaren von Gawriysky . . I>a.nish. Edition. Kleine dentsche Spracblehre tiir Danen von Sdrensen I>iitcli Editions. Kleine U|lgelsche Spraakkunst door Coster Kleine Fransche Spraakkunst door Welbergen Kleine Hoogdnitsche Grammatica door Sohvirippert. 2. Dr. . . Leerboek der Italiaansche taal door van Binsbergen . . . . Sleutel bij de leerboek der Itallaansobe taal door van Binsbergen Kleine Snaansche Spraakkunst door van flaaff Sleutel bij de kleine Spaansche Spraakkunst door van Haaif .... JPrencli Editions. Grammaire allemande par Utto-Nicolas. 18. ^d. Corrig6 dea themes de la Orammalre allemande par Otto-Nicolaa. 7. 4d. . . Petite grarnmaire allemande par Otto-Verrier. 10. Ed. .... Lectures allemandes par Otto. I. 8. :^d., U. 5. Ed., III. 2. Ed. each Erstes deutsches Lesebuch von Verrier. 2. Aufl Conversations allemandes par Otto-Verrier. 5. Ed. Grammaire anglnise par Mauron-Verrier. 11. Ed. . . CorrlgA des thimes de la Cirammaire an^iaiSD par Mauron-Verrier. Petite grammaire anglaise par >lf>uron. 7. Ed Lectures apglaises par Mauron. 3. id Conversations anglaises par Corkran. 2: Ed Grammaire arabe par Armez Corrigi des thimes de la Grammaire arabe par Armez t Ghrestomathie arabe par Harder La langue congolaise par Seidel-Struyf ..... Grammaire e«*pHgnole par Saner-Serrano, fi. Ed. . Corrlgi des thimes de la Gramm. espagn. par Saner-Serrano. 5. Ed. Petite grammaire espstgnole par Tanty. 3. Ed. .... Lectures Bspagnoles par Artosiga 6. Ad. Julius Oroos, Ritidelberg. Method Gaspey-Otto-Saner for the study or modern languages. French Kditions. Grammaire grecqne par Capos OorrlgS des themes de la Grammaire grecqxie par Capos Petite grammaire hongroise par Kont CorrigS dea thjmes de la Petite grammaire hongrolse' par Kont . . . . CLrestomathie hongroise par Kont ' Grammaire italienne par Sauer. 12. l^d Corrige des themes de la Grammaire italienne par Saner. S £d. . . . . Petite grammaire italienne par Motti. 5. fid Chrestomatliie italienne par Cattaneo. 3. fid Conversations italiennes par Motti. 2. ^d Grammaire Japonaise par Plant Corrlg^ des thimea de la Grammaire japonaise par Plant Grammaire neerlandaise par Valette. 3. fid CorrigA des thimes de la Grammaire nSerlandaise par Valette Lectures n^erlandaises par Valette. 2. fid Grammaire portngaise par Ey-Nogueira Corrigfi des thjmes de la Grammaire portugaise par Ey-Noguelra . . . . Grammaire ronmaine par Loveva CorrigS des thfemea de la Grammaire roumaine par Lovera Grammaire rnsse par Fuchs-Nicolas. 5. fid Corrigi des themes de la Grammaire russe par Fuchs-Nioolas. 5. id. . . Petite grammaire russe par Motti. 3. fid Corrig6 des themes de la Petite grammaire rasse par Motti, 3. ]^d Lectures russes par Werkhaupt et Boiler Grammaire serbe par Petrovitch Corrlg^ des themes de la Grammaire serbe par Petrovitch .... Petite grammaire snedoine par Fort Greyrtiati Ed-itions. Arablsche Konversatioas-Grammatik v. Harder. 2. Aufl. . . . Schliissel daza t. Harder. 2. Aufl . ... Kleine arabische Sprachlelire v. Harder ... Arabische Cbreatomathie v. Harder , . . . . JBulgarisclie Konversations-Grammatik v. Gawriyaky .... SchlQssel dazu v. Gawriysky Chinesische Konversations-Grammatik v. Seidel Schliissel dazu v. Seidel . .... Kleine cbinesische SpracUelire v. Seidel Schlflssel dazu v. Seidel .... . . Danische Konversations-Grammatik v. Wied. 2. Aufl Schltisael dazu v. Wied. 2. Aull . . ... Dnala-Sprachlehre und WSrterbuoli v. Seidel Gnglische Konversations-Grammatik v. Gaspey-Runge. 25. Aufl. Sehlttssel dazu v. Runge. 5. Aufl Englisches Konversations-Lesebuch v. Gaspey-i?.unge. 6. Aufl. . . Kleine englische Sprachlehre v. Otto-Runge. 8. Aufl Schliissel dazu v. Runge Rnglisohe Gespraohe v. Runge. 3. Aufl . . . Materialien z. t)ber'setzen ins Englisohe v. Otto-Runge. 4. Aufl. . . Englische Cbrestomathie v. Sapfle-Wright. 9. Aufl Handbucb englisclier und deutscher Idiome v. Lange ...... Ewe-Sprachlehre und WSrterbucb v. Seidel Kleine finnlsclie Sprachlehre v. Neuhaus ! FranzOsische Konversations-Grammatik v. Otto-Supfle 29. Aufl. Schliissel dazu v. Siipfle. 6. Aufl Franz. Konv.-Lesebuch v. Otto-Runge. L 10. Aufl.', IL 5. Aufl. W '. Franz. Konv.-Leseb. f. Madchsch. v. Otto-Riirmo J. 5. Aufl., IL 3. Aijfl. k Kleino tranzfisische Sprachlehre v. Otto-Siipfle. 10. Aufl. . ... Schliissel dazu v Otto-Siipfle. 2. Aufl. . . .... ' " Method Gaspey-Otto-Sauer for the study of modern languages. -n Careirman IDditioiis. /Materialien z. (jbersetzen ins i;'ranz6sische v. Kuiige FraDzSsische Gesprache v. Otto-Runge. 9. Aufl. . . ; . . . . Pranzesisclies Lesebuch v. Silpfle. 11. Anfl italleniscbe Konversations-Gramniatik v. Saner. 13. Aufl. . . Schlttsael dazn t, Cattaneo. 5. Aufl ttalieniscbes Konversations-Lesebnch v. Sauer. 5. Aufl. ..... Italienische Chrestomatbie v. Cattaneo. S. Aufl Kleine italienische Spracblehre v. Sauer. 11. Aufl Bcblussel cLbzu v. Cattaneo. 8. Aufl Italienische Gesprache v. Sauer-Motti. 6. Aufl ■Obungsstiicke mm Cbers. a. d. Deutscben i. Ital. v. Lardelli. 5. Aufl, Japanische Konversations-GTammatik v. Plaut Sohliissel dn?.u v. Plaut ........ ^ llarokkanische Spracblehre v. Seidel Slengrlechische Konversationa-Grammatik v. Petraria. 2. Aufl. . ScUlttssel dazu v. Petraria. 2. Aufl Lebrbuob der neugriechischen Volksspracbe v. Petraria Neupersische Konvcrsations-Graramatik v. Beck Schlilssel dazu v. Beck Niederlandlsclie Konvprsations-Grammatik v. Valette. 3. Aufl. ScWtlBsel dazu v. Valetie. 3 Aufl Niederlandiscbes Konv.-Lesebuch y. Valette. 2. Aufl Kleine niederlandieiibe Spracblehre v. Valette. 4. Aufl JPolnische KOnversations-Grammatik v. Wioherkiewicz. 3. Aufl. . ScbltlBsel dazu v. Wicherkiewicz. 3. Aufl Kleine polniscbe Spracblehre v. Ssymank Scbliissel dazn t, Ssyraank I'ortngieslsctae Konversations-Grummatik v. Ey. 2. Anfl. . . ScWuBsel dazu v. Ey. 2. Aufl Kleine portugiesische Spracblehre v. Kordgien-Ey. 5. Aufl. . . . Kmuftnisclie Konversations-Grammatik von Lovera Scblussel dazu von Lovera ' . . . . . . Knssisclie Konversations-Grammatik v. Fucba. 6. Aufl Schlusbel dazu v. Vuchs. 6. Aufl. .... Russiscbes Konversations-Lesebuch v. Werkhaupt Kleine russische Spracblehre v. Motti. 4. Aufl Bchlussol dazu v. Mottl. 4. Aufl tJch.'wed.ische Konversations-Grammatik v. Walter. 2'.' Aufl. . , Schltlsuel dazu v. Walter. 2. Aufl Kleine schwedische Spracblehre v. Fort. 8. Aufl Sehltisael dazu v. Fort Serbische Konversations-Grammatik v. Petrovitch . . .... . ScIilQasel dazu v. Petrovitcli , ^paulsclie Konversations-Grammatik v. Sauer-Ruppert. 10. Anfl. BcblUssel dazu v. Buppert. 4. Aufl Spanisches Lesebucb v. Arteaga Kleine spanische Spracblebre v. Saner. 8. Aufl Scblussel diizn v. Bunge. S, Aufl Spanische Gesprache v. Sauer. 4. Aufl Spanische Kektionsliste v. Sauer-Kordgien (Bnahill-Konversations-Grammatik v. Seidel Scbliissel dazu v. Seidel Suahili-Wfirterbucb v. Seidel TscbecMsche Konversations-Grammatik v. Maschner Scblusaei dazu v. Maschner Tiirkische Kouversations-Grammatik v. Jeblitscbka Scbliissel dazu v. Jehlitschka ....... .... . . (.Kleine tiirkische Spracblehre. v. Horten f Sohliisse) dazu v. Horten Jnlins Qroos. Heidelberg. B- Metliod Gaspey-Otto-Saner for the study of moilern langnages. Grei'man Editions. Nagy Ung^a/rische Konversations-Grammatik v. SoMHssel dazu v. Nagy • ■ Kleine uogarisclie Sprachlehre v. Nagy. 3. Aufl. ... . . . Bchlttssel dazu v. Nagy Ungarische Chrestomathie v. Kont 4G>-i*eels: f^cLitious. Kleine dentsche Sprachlehre fur Uriechen von Maltor. 2. Aufl . Deutsche Gesprache fiir G-rieohen von Maltos Deiitsches Lesebuoh fur Griechen von Maltos Kleine englische Sprachlehre fur Griechen von Deffner . . . Kleine rnssische Sprachlehre fiir Griechen von Maltos . . . . Hixngarian Editions. Deutsche Kouversations-Gramiuatik far Ungaren von Philipp . . Schlussel dazu von Philipp . . . ... .... Italian Editions. Grammatica araba di farina Chiave della ^rammatica araba di Farina .... . . . • ■ Grammatica francese di Motti. 4. Ed Chiave della grammatlca fraucese dl Motti. 3. Ed. . . . . Grammatica elementare francese di Sauer-Motti. 5. Ed Letture francesi di Le Boucher Conversazioni francesi di Motti Grammatics del G-reco volgare di Palumbo Grammatica inglese di Pavia. 6. Ed. Chiave della grammatica inglese di Pavia. 3. Ed ... Grammatica elementare inglese di Pavia. 3. Ed Letture inglesi di Le Boucher Grammatica elementare portoghese di Palumbo Grammatica rnssa di Motti Chiave della grammatica russa di Motti ... Grammatica spagnnola di Pavia. 4. Ed Chiave della Grammatica spagnuola di Pavia. 8. £d. Grainmatica elementare spagnuola di Motti. 4. Ed Grammatica elementare svedese di Pereira Grammatica tedesca di Sauer-Ferrari. 8. Ed Chiave della Grammatica tedesca di Sauer-Ferrari. 4. Ed Grammatica elementare tedesca di Otto. 6. Ed Letture tedesche di Otto. 6. Ed. . . Antologia tedesca di Verdaro Conversazioni tedesche di Motti. 2. Ed Avviamento al trad, dal ted. in ital. di Lardelli. 5. Ed ]Rolisli Editions. Kleine d«»wt8clie Sprachlehre fur Polen v. Paulus-Legowski. 2. Aufl. SelilUssel dazu v. Paulus-Legowski lr*oi'tii3.g-ixese Editions. Gramdtica alema por Pr6v6t. 4. Ed Chave da GramAtica alema por Otto-Pr4v6t. 2. Ed Graraatica elementar alema por Prdvot-Pereira. 4. Ed Erstes deutsches Lesebuch v. Verricr. 2. Aufl . Grammatica fraucesa por Tauty-Vaaconcellos. 2. Ed Chave da Grammatica francesa por Tanty-Vasconoellos. 2. Ed Livro de leitnrn francesa por Le Boucher Livro de leitura inglesa por Le Boucher , Grammatica elementar uf^^a ^^^^ Po-oivo Method Gaspey-Otto-Saner for the study of modern languages. H-OTiman Editions, Conversajiuni engleze de Waltuck .(j-ramatica. i'Tancesa, de Leist '. pieea gramaticiT flranceBe de Leist Elemente de gramatica francesS, de Leist. 2. Ed Qonversajiunl franceze de Leist. 4. Ed ilramaticS. sermana de Leist _ dheea gramaflcli germane de Leist " Elemente de gramaticS germana de Leist. 2. Ed ConVersa^iunl germane de Leist. 2. Ed ItTissian EcLltions. Snglish Grammar for Eussians by Hauff. 2. Ed. Key to the English Grammar for Russians by Hauflf. 2. Ed. French Grammar for Russians by Malkiel. 2. Ed. Key to the French Grammar for Eussians by Malkiel. 2. Ed. G'erinan Grammar for Kussians by Hauff. 3. Ed. Key to the German Grammar for Russians by HaufE. 3. Ed. Italian Grammar for Russians by Mo2ejko . . . Key to the Italian Grammar for Russians by Mozejko . . Japanese Grammar for Russians by Plaut-Issaoovitch Key to the Japanese Grammar for Russians by Plaut-Issacovitch . Elementary Siredish Grammar for Russians by f ort-Issacovitch Sei-vian. Editioiasi. Kleine deutsche Sprachlehre fur Serben von Petrovitch . . Kleine englische Spraohlebre fiir Serben von Petrovitch Kleine franzSsisclie Spracblebre fiir Serben von Petrovitch Kleine italienische Sprachlehre fiir Serben von Petrovitch Kleine russisfche Sprachlehre fiir Serben von Petrovitch . . Sohlussel a»zu von Petrovitch jSpanish Editions. Gramdtioa alemana por Uuppert. 4. Ed Clave de la Gram&tica alemana por Ruppert. 3. Ed Gramatica elemental alemana por Otto-Rnppert. 7. Ed. . Gramdtica francesa por Tanty-de Arteaga. 2. Ed. Clave de la Gram&tica fi-ancesa por Tanty-de Arteaga 2. Ed. . . Gramatiqa suointa de la lengua francesa por Otto. 5. Ed. Libro de loctura francesa por Le Boucher Gramatica inglesa por Pavia. 3. Ed Clave de la Gram&tica Ingleaa por Pavia. 3. Ed Gramdtica suciuta de la lengua inglesa por Pavia. 6. Ed. Libro de leotura inglesa por Le Boucher ...... Gramatica aucinta de la lengua italiana por Pavia. 5. Gramatica sucinta portugnesa por Carrillo .... Gramatica sucinta de la lengua rnsa por d'Arcais . . , Olave de la Gramatica aucinta rasa por d'Arcais S^w^edish Edition. Kleine deutsche Sprachlehre tiir Schweden von Walter .... Tchechi Editions, Kleine deutsche Sprachlehre fiir Taohechen von Maschner . . . Franzosische Konv.-Grammatik fiir Tschechen von Maschner . Schlussel dazu von Maschner T'ti.T°li:ish Editions. .Kleine deutsche Sprachlehre fiir Tilrken von Weli Bey-Bolland. toeutsches Lestbuch fiir Tiirken von Well Bey-Bolland .... Ed, H. p- Julins Oioos, Heidelberg. Method Gaspey-Otto-Sauer for tbe study of modern languages. Conversation -Books by Connoi- ih two laiigruages: Deutsch-ItaJien. 2. Aufl. 2 — Deutsch-NLederiandiscli 2. — Deutsoh-Polnisch . . 2.— Deutsch-Portugiesisoh 2. — Deutsoh-Eumanisch . 2.— Deutsch-Uussisch . . 3.—. Deutsch-Schwediscli . 2. — 2.— 1 Deutsoli-Spaulscli. 2.A. 2. — in three lan^oages; English-Gerinau-Frenoh. ]5. Ed. . in four langnagcs: English-German-Freuch-ltalian. S.Ed, The Traveller's Companion by Motti 1. for Gej-mans: Enalisli-Germ«ii. Bngllsh-FreDclir English-Italian. English-Rassian Englisn-Spanisb. English-Swedish Deatsch-DSnisch Deutsch-Franz, 3. Aufl 3. Ed. 2.— 3. Ed. 2.— 'i. Ed. 2.— . . 3.— 2. Ed, 2.— . . 2.— Deutsch-Turkisch . . FranQais-Italien, 2, Ed. Fran (jais-EspagnoI Franifais-Portugais . FranQais-Russe . . Italiano-Spagnuolo . Englisoh Franzos. Italieu. Bnssi^o.li Kiederld. 3. 4. 6. fi, 21. for Englislimou: German 22. „ „ French 23. „ „ Italian 24. ,', ,, Rnsdian 25. „ „ Dutch 26. ,. „ Spanish 1-|41. for Frenchmen: Dentsch 1-42. „ „ l-'43. „ i-:44. „ „ i-;46. „ l-j«, „ 1-61. for Italians: 1-162. „ l-'63. „ 1-'C4. „ 1-66. „ l-i si. for Knssians: Dentsch . 1- Englisch. 1- 82. „ „ Englisch . 1- Italien. . l-j 8.3. „ „ Franzos. . 1- Russisch . l-i 84. „ „ ' Italien. . 1- Nioderld. I-'IOI. forDatohmen: Dentsch . 1- Spanisch . 1- 102. „ „ Englisch . 1 - Dentsch . I - lOS „ „ Franzos. . 1- Engliscb . l-'ll'4. „ „ Italien. .1- Franzos. . l-;12l. for Spaniards: Franzos.. 1- Bnssisch. 1-|141. for Portuguese: Dentsch ; 1- Nioderld. 1 - : 142. „ „ Englisch : 3 - l-;66. „ „ Spanisch. 1-1143. „ „ Franzos. . 1- (■rerniau Language by Becker 2 Spanish Commercial Correspondence by Arteaga y PeKeira . . 3 Danisclier Spracliffthrer von Forchhammer 2 Riolitige Ausspraclie d. Musterdeutschen v. Dr. E. Dannheisser, br. j — Knglisb, as it is spoken v. Crump. 15. Aufl I 1 Sehliissel dazu v. Criimp. 12. Aufl ... 1 finglische Handelskorrespondenz v. Carpenter. 2. Aufl 3 Heues Taschenworterbnch: Deutsch-Englisch u. Englisch-Deutsch . . i Kurze franxosische Grammatik tou H. Bunge 2 Kurze franzosisclie Stilscliule von Depta 2 Franz. Sprachl. f. Handelssch. v. Dannheisser, Kiiffner u. Offenmiiller 2 KeUe franZ. Lektttre, herausgegebenv. Siipfle: Band I Dozin, La vie francjaise 2 Neues Taschenworterbnch: Deutsch-Franzosisch u. Franzosisch-Deutsch i Italienische kaufm. Korresp.-Gramm. v. Dannheisser n. Sauer. 2. Aufl. 4 Scblttssel dazu v. Oannheisser \ II correttore italiano von Mayo- Gel ati Nenere italien. SchriftHteller, herausgeg. v. di Mayo-Gelat.; i Band I Leopardi 2 s. Baud III Giacosa . ,2 s. Band V San Giusto . . Band II Serao . ,2 s. Band lY d' Annunzio 2 s. Band YI Rapisardi . . Anleitung zu dentsch en, franz., engl. und ital. Gesch^t'ts- briefen von Oberholzer u. Osmond, br Sprichworterschatz in 4 Sprachen: DeutSCh ■ Englisch - FranzoslSCh- Itallenisch von Schwabhauser 0 Brazileiro, Lehr- u. Lesebuch d. portugles. Sprache f. Kaufleute v. Eilers iSpaniscIie Handelskorrespondenz von Arteaga y Pereira . . . Kleines spanisohes Lesebuch f. Handelsschulen v. Perrades-Lnngcheldt Kleine Parallel- WorterbttOher: I.Germanisch2s, II. Romanisch 2 s. Ill.Slawisch Langae allemandc par Becker . , L'allemand idiomatique par Hennig Correspondance commerciale anglai@e par Carpenter Le danois parle par Forchhammer Correspondance commerciale espagnole par Arteaga y Pereira Lengua alemana de Becker Correspondeucia comercial inglesa por Carpenter .... I The Publisher is untiringly engaged in extending the range of educational works from his Press, A number of new books are now in course of prepanuiou. Tbft new editions are constmitiv imnrnvRd and kent un to date. 1 2 4 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 issuing